wm/x wrnmrnmi mimm/m 
 
 ,imiimmxm» iimmtammmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm 
 
 CALIFORNIA* STATE -SERIES 
 
 i< «[ i M i (iailiW i W««ii i ri i iirtitMM * ;iiMinil > UOJi-l iiil ^ i. B i iiijM iimii L i i jii 'iii Miw 
 
 LEMENTARY 
 
 EOGRAPHY 
 
 '^■wamii i ii r i l jiw ^ie i j ^l aM iiW JWm^ 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 SCH00L -TEXT -BOOKS 
 
 .^■w«0Wa»WjiM«WlliMI«W WI W |lWW^^ 
 
^ 
 
 vc§^ 
 
 
 •30 
 
 LI BR ARY 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 GIKT OK 
 
 -z^^ (2i^^^^:..v^2l^^^c_^^• 
 Accessions No.^J_'^^^t?Jr ^elf iV 
 
 •^^ A'^. 
 
 $ 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 
 in 2008 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/elementarygeograOOcalirich 
 
CALIFORNIA STATE SERIES OR SCHLOOIv TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 ELEMENTARY 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 -*^:2-^ ^ 
 
 COIVLPILKD UNDKR THE DIRECTION 
 OF THE 
 
 STATK BOARD OK KDUCATION 
 
 SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Printed at the State Printing Office. 
 

 ACKNOWLEDGMENT. 
 
 / /1 3^7-^ 
 
 The State Board of Education desire to acknowledge the kind assistance of many prominent 
 teachers of the state in the preparation of this book. For careful reading of the proof issued in pam- 
 phlet form for revision, and for valuable suggestions that have been incorporated in the finished work, 
 thanks are especially due to Prof. A. E. Kellogg, of the Boys High School, San Francisco; Prof J. 
 B. McChesney, Principal of the Oakland High School; Mrs. ly. P. Wilson, Principal of the Training 
 Department of the State Normal School at San Jose; Miss Emily Rice, teacher in the State Normal 
 School at Chico; Mrs. J. N. Hughes, teacher in the State Normal School at San Jose; Mrs. Julia B. 
 Hoitt, Deputy Superintendent of Public Instruction; Hon. Job Wood, County Superintendent of 
 Schools, Monterey County; James T. Stockdale, Principal of Public Schools, Monterey; and A. 
 Norton, teacher, Gonzales. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress in the year i8go, 
 By Robert W. Waterman, Ira G.Jfoitt, Charles IV. Childs, Ira More, and Edward T. Pierce, 
 
 STATE BOARD OP EDUCATION 
 
 Of the state of California, for tlu People of the State of California. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Geography memorized, as words, is perhaps the least interesting and least 
 profitable of all school studies. Geography so taught that its facts become pictures 
 is the most engaging and attractive of all. 
 
 The right study of Geography involves much exercise of the imagination, and 
 its facts, beyond those of simple observation, can properly be presented only by 
 calling in the agency of this faculty. No aim in the teaching of Geography can be 
 true that does not recognize this. 
 
 In the preparation of this book it has been the constant effort so to present 
 the text, question, and illustration as to engage this most powerful function of the 
 mind. How far the effort has been successful only use can determine, and at best 
 it can be but partially so without the intelligent and enthusiastic cooperation of the 
 teacher. The book can do little more than point the way. 
 
 When the pupil enters upon the study of Geography two new exercises pre- 
 sent themselves, namely: the apprehending of land and water forms and the read- 
 ing of maps, which are pictures of these forms. 
 
 That the pupil may become able to grasp the ideas presented in the terms 
 slope, hill, mountain, plain, valley, plateau, lake, river, ocean, continent, etc., he has 
 been asked first to see the geographical forms that are in his immediate vicinity — 
 to see, for instance, the hill, the valley, the upland field, the pond, the brook — and, 
 second^ to imagine the forms that these suggest — the mountain, mountain chain, 
 broad plain, plateau, lake, river, ocean, etc. — and in this way reach an apprehension 
 of the land and water forms of the earth. By observing the form of the ball or 
 the orange he is led to imagine the earth as a globe. 
 
 That he may be able correctly to interpret the map much exercise is given in 
 elementary map reading, not only to make him familiar with the signs employed 
 to represent rivers, mountains, coast lines, cities, etc., but also to enable him to 
 tell what these indicate in slope, climate, productions, fertility, and occupations. 
 
 The teacher should supplement the descriptive matter of the book by explana- 
 tion, question, and story. To aid in this numerous references are given in connec- 
 tion with the text. These references have, to a great extent, been furnished by 
 teachers of the State, and are made, largely, to books already in the district libraries. 
 Care has been taken to avoid reference to expensive books, in order that the vol- 
 umes recommended may be available for all district libraries. 
 
 2- 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Ideas of Direction 5 
 
 Ideas of Distance — Scale 6 
 
 Elementary Map Reading, involving Direction and 
 
 Distance (School Room) 8 
 
 Ideas of Surface Forms 9 
 
 Elementary Map Reading, involving Surface Forms 
 
 (School Grounds) i6 
 
 Studies on County Map i6 
 
 Studies on State Map i6 
 
 The Earth as a Whole 17 
 
 Heat 21 
 
 Moisture 22 
 
 Climate 23 
 
 Zones — Vegetation — Animals 24 
 
 Occupations 26 
 
 Review Questions 27 
 
 Elementary Map Reading — State of California . . 28 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 The Hemispheres 30-31 
 
 Races and Conditions of Men 32 
 
 Governments 33 
 
 North America 34 
 
 United States 46 
 
 Review Questions 62 
 
 State of California 62 
 
 British America 88 
 
 Mexico and Central America 92 
 
 South America 95 
 
 Europe 104 
 
 Asia 115 
 
 Africa 122 
 
 Oceania 127 
 
 List of Books for Supplementary Reading .... 130 
 
 Pronunciations 131 
 
 Standard Distances — Populations 132 
 
 METHODS OF AWAKENING INTEREST 
 
 Very successful common school teachers have 
 contributed the following plans, adopted by them, 
 to awaken interest in the study of Geography: 
 
 I. Setting apart, Friday afternoon, an hour or 
 half hour, which may be called The Reading 
 Hour, during which teacher or pupils (preferably 
 pupils) read extracts from books, magazines, or 
 papers that relate to the subject studied in the 
 Geography during the preceding week. 
 
 2. Placing upon the blackboard each morning 
 a single question for the investigation of the 
 pupil during leisure hours, such as ' ' What plants 
 are used to make clothing, " etc. A valuable col- 
 lection of such questions may be found in Frye's 
 "Child and Nature," pages 82 to 116. 
 
 3. Asking pupils to bring in some object, as a 
 piece of bread, leather, cotton cloth, tin, etc. , and 
 give its history, where produced, and how. 
 
^'^^ OP THB ^' 
 
 lUFIVEESITr! 
 
 ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 I. IDEAS OF DIRECTION. 
 
 ORAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (i) Where does the Sun rise? 
 
 L,et pupils stand with right hand to the East. 
 
 In this position teach direction of the face; of 
 the back; of the left hand. 
 
 Pupil point to the North; to the South; to the 
 West; to the East. 
 
 Face North; South; East; West. 
 
 Take one step North; one step East; one step 
 vSouth; one step West. 
 
 WRITTTErsI EXERCISE. 
 
 Pupils read and fill out the following skeleton 
 with the proper words, orally, then copy and fill 
 out in writing: 
 
 ' ' When we stand with the hand to the East 
 
 our faces will be to the , our will 
 
 be to the — — , and our will be to the -." 
 
 [PrEWMINary Orai, Course. — ^The preliminary oral 
 course and the oral work throughout the volume consti- 
 tute an essential part of this book. The results sought 
 in the preparation of the Elementary Geography depend 
 so largely upon a thoughtful and conscientious attention 
 to the oral divisions, that their neglect will, in a consid- 
 erable measure, defeat the objects aimed at. It is there- 
 fore earnestly recommended that the teacher give his 
 best efforts to the successful presentation of this depart- 
 ment. The pleasure of the pupil in studying and of the 
 
 teacher in teaching, will depend much upon this. Do 
 not pass too hastily from one step to another. Let each 
 be so thoroughly mastered as to become, so far as possi- 
 ble, a part of the habitual thought of the child. The 
 minimum of telling and the maximum of judicious 
 questioning should mark this work. (Read Parker's 
 "How to Study Geography," page loi.)] 
 
 ORAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (i) Teach semi-cardinal points as above. 
 
 WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Let pupils fill out the following skeleton as 
 before: 
 
 ' ' Northeast is half way between and , 
 
 Northwest is between and , 
 
 Southwest is between and , 
 
 Southeast is between and ." 
 
 ORAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (3) Teach direction of the sides of the house; 
 of the ends; of cracks in the floor; of the door 
 from teacher's desk; of the stove from the desk; 
 of shadows in the morning, at noon, at sunset. 
 
 WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Fill out the folloiving skeleton orally and in 
 writing, as before: 
 
 ' ' The sides of the house extend and , 
 
 the ends extend and . The cracks in 
 
ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 the floor extend and , The door is 
 
 from the teacher's desk and the stove is . In 
 
 the morning the shadows fall , at noon they 
 
 fall , and in the evening ." 
 
 ORA.Iv EXERCISE. 
 
 (4) Show compass^ when possible to do so. 
 Explain it. Show why it is a better guide to 
 direction than the sun. 
 
 Teach direction of various objects in the school 
 room from one another; of objects near the school 
 house as, the nearest hill, the nearest tree, the 
 nearest house; direction in coming to school; in 
 going home. 
 
 Direction of north wind; south wind; east 
 wind; west wind. 
 
 A?VRITXEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Fill out the fol- 
 lowing skel'eton 
 orally, and then 
 in writing: 
 
 ' 'A compass is a 
 better guide than 
 the sun, because 
 
 "A north wind 
 
 blows from the and toward the , an 
 
 east wind blows from the and toward the 
 
 , a west wind blows from the and to- 
 ward the , a south wind blows from the 
 
 and toward the ." 
 
 II. IDEAS OF DISTANCE. 
 
 [Let each pupil be provided with a foot rule divided 
 into inches, half inches, quarter inches, and eighth 
 inches. If this is impracticable, let each pupil make a 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World at Home, vol. I, p. 58, Les. 25, The Com- 
 pass; p. 52, I<es. 23, The Weather Cock. 
 
 rule of pasteboard, or strong brown paper, from the 
 measure stamped on the cover of the Geography.] 
 
 ORAL EXERCISES. 
 
 (i) Using the ruler, draw a line a foot long on 
 the blackboard. Let each pupil do the same. 
 
 Erase and let each pupil draw a line that he 
 judges to be a foot long. Measure each. 
 
 Draw again; measure. 
 
 Repeat a number of times. 
 
 (2) I<et pupils each draw a line an inch long. 
 Erase. 
 
 Let pupils draw lines judged to be an inch long. 
 Measure. 
 
 Teach that 1 2 of these lines make a foot. 
 Let pupils draw 12 such lines. 
 Measure and see if they make a foot. 
 Repeat a number of times. 
 
 (3) Pupils draw 3 lines each judged a foot long. 
 Measure. 
 
 Teach that 3 such lines make a yard. 
 
 Draw 3 lines each judged a yard. Measure. 
 
 Judge the length of the school room in feet. 
 Measure. 
 
 Judge the width. Measure. 
 
 Judge the length of desks, blackboard, and other 
 objects. Measure. 
 
 (4) Let each pupil take one natural step. 
 Measure the step. 
 
 Let pupils judge the length of the school lot. 
 
 Let each measure it by stepping. 
 
 Do the same with the width. 
 
 Let both length and width be measured by tape 
 line. If you have no tape line take a string or 
 make a yard stick from a piece of lath. 
 
 (5) Name the distance to your own home. 
 The direction and distance of the nearest post- 
 office; the nearest church; the nearest creek. 
 
IDEAS OF DISTANCE. 
 
 How many yards wide is the nearest road? 
 Measure. 
 
 If the moon is just rising as the sun is setting 
 what is the direction of a straight line joining 
 them? 
 
 If a river runs S.E. and a railroad runs squarely 
 across it, in what direction does the railroad run ? 
 
 A ship sails north and is struck squarely on the 
 left by a steamer and sunk; in what direction is 
 the steamer going ? 
 
 (6) Distance represented by arbitrary length — 
 Scale} If a well is 20 feet deep can I draw, 
 downward on the blackboard, a line as long as the 
 well is deep? Why? 
 
 If I draw a line 20 inches long, to stand for the 
 well, how much will i inch stand for ? 
 
 The teacher's table is 4 feet long; if I draw a 
 picture of it only 4 inches long what will stand for 
 I foot? 
 
 If I inch stands for i foot and the side of the 
 house is 40 feet long, how long a line must I draw 
 to represent the side of the house? 
 
 Introduce numerous examples, like the forego- 
 ing, of scale I inch to the foot. 
 
 Let pupils see how many they can make. 
 
 WRITTEN EXKRCISE. 
 
 Let each pupil write an original example of a 
 scale I inch to the foot. 
 
 ORAIv EXKRCISKS. 
 
 (7) Scale I inch to the mile. Suppose i inch 
 to stand for a mile how much will two lines, each 
 an inch long (draw them on the board), stand for? 
 Draw an inch line. Suppose that is the distance 
 to the nearest house — how far is it ? 
 
 Add an inch. That is the distance to the 
 nearest church — how far? 
 
 Add 3 inches. That is the distance to the 
 nearest town — how far? 
 
 The distance to the seashore is 7 miles. How 
 many inches shall represent it ? 
 
 The distance to the nearest stream is 3^ miles. 
 How long a line must we draw for that ? 
 
 Continue exercises like the preceding. 
 
 (8) Let each pupil draw a line 6 inches long; 
 call each inch 2 miles; measure the distances and 
 mark them, as on line below: 
 
 Vil. 
 
 "T" 
 
 Ch. 
 
 Mountain. Flume. Village. 
 
 Brook. Orchard. 
 
 Let pupils determine distances from home to 
 tree, to church, from church to village, to orchard. 
 
 See that they measure the line for themselveg 
 in each case. Get from them, in the same way, 
 a dozen or more of the distances represented on 
 the line. 
 
 WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Pupils copy the following skeleton story and fill 
 the blanks with the appropriate distances. In 
 doing this ascertain the distances by measuring 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World at Home, vol. I, p. 68, L,es. 29, The Master's 
 Portrait. 
 
 the line above, and not the road as seen in the 
 picture. 
 
 One sunny Saturday morning my brother 
 Charles and I mounted our ponies at home for a 
 
 trip to the great mountain, miles distant. 
 
 miles out we stopped at an orchard and filled 
 
 our pockets with apples which the owner kindly 
 
 gave us, and miles further on sat down upon 
 
 the steps of a church to eat them. We then 
 climbed upon our ponies again, when, without 
 our saying a word, the spirited little animals set 
 off on a lope, never stopping to walk until they 
 
ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 Li^i^Hik 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 Ei4^. ^ 
 
 
 - - ■' 
 
 
 M 
 
 i 
 
 
 "IM 
 
 pt 
 
 ^k^^. 
 
 
 ^^S 
 
 
 ^^HH 
 
 m 
 
 !si^ 
 
 %?^ 
 
 -* *- 
 
 reached the top of a distant hill miles away. 
 
 Here we stopped to let them breathe while we 
 looked around us. Just below lay a pretty village 
 which we guessed to be about a mile off, but 
 which we were told, when we reached it, was 
 
 as far. Here we ate our lunch and fed our 
 
 ponies and counted up the distance we had come. 
 We were surprised to find that we had passed 
 over miles of our journey, while the mount- 
 ain, though still miles away, seemed to be 
 
 almost at our feet. further on we 
 
 stopped to look at a new timber flume. When 
 we reached the mountain we tied our ponies in 
 the bushes and wandered about until we saw that 
 the sun was getting low. Hastening to our 
 ponies we sprang into the saddles and were off on 
 a run. We flew through the village and galloped 
 
 on to the hill. ' ' miles gone and to 
 
 go," shouted Charles, while the ponies still kept 
 up their speed. We drew up a few minutes at 
 
 the church, however, which we called the 
 
 way house, because it was miles from the 
 
 mountain and miles from home. Once more 
 
 we were ofi", and miles further we rattled 
 
 across the bridge over the brook, saying to each 
 
 other, ' ' Only miles more ! " At 8 o'clock we 
 
 trotted through the bam yard gate. Our ponies 
 had traveled the entire distance of miles with- 
 out seeming a bit fatigued, though Charles and I 
 were glad to get to bed as quickly after supper as 
 we could. 
 
 ORAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (9) When the foregoing work is done easily let 
 a line be divided into inch spaces each represent- 
 ing 3 miles. 
 
 Mark it and question on it as before. 
 
 Then into inch spaces each line representing 4, 
 6, or 8 miles, and question. 
 
 [Before passing from this, see that the pupil is 
 thoroughly familiar with the meaning of "scale" and 
 its application to the measurement of lines. In this 
 book, extent of country in lengths and breadths, wherever 
 practicable, is taught by requiring the pupil to measure 
 the map and apply the scale, and is not stated in the text. ] 
 
 III. ELEMENTARY MAP READING. 
 
 (i) Direction and Distance on a Map. 
 Draw diagram like the following. Use the 
 north board. 
 
 Teach that the top is north; bot- 
 tom, south; right hand, east; left 
 hand, west. They have already 
 learned names of points between 
 these. 
 
 Form many questions, as: Direction of 5 from 
 I, I from 9, 9 from 5, 4 from i, i from 7, 4 from 
 8, 6 from 2; direction of boundary lines, etc. 
 Let pupils form questions. 
 
 (2) Map of School Room.^ (a) Let pupils 
 measure side of school room. Teacher write on 
 
 1 Reading Hour: IVorld at Home, vol. 
 Plan of School Room. 
 
 p. 27, Les. II, Drawing 
 
ELEMENTARY MAP READING. 
 
 the board the number of feet. Measure end of 
 the room — write number of feet on the board. 
 
 (b) Have pupils draw line on slates or paper for 
 the side of the room, drawing i inch in length for 
 every 4 feet. (If the side is 24 feet long how many 
 inches in the line? If 30? If 27?) Draw line 
 for the end in the same way; draw line for the 
 other side, the other end. 
 
 (c) Have pupils measure the space from one 
 corner of room along the side to the first window, 
 write distance on the board; measure the window, 
 write distance on the board; measure next space 
 along the wall and record it as before till all 
 spaces and windows and doors are measured and 
 the measures written on the board. 
 
 (d) Have pupils then measure the proper dis- 
 tance on the lines of their map and draw double 
 lines for the walls, leaving single lines of the 
 right length for windows and doors. 
 
 (e) By similar measurements get position of 
 teacher's desk, chair, and waste basket, of stove, 
 of the two outside rows of desks, and draw them 
 in the manner shown below. Enlarge the scale 
 four times and draw map on the board. Ask 
 questions of the class on the large map, as: 
 
 Direction of stove from the door, from the 
 teacher's desk, etc. 
 
 Let pupils ask similar questions. 
 
 Have pupils measure from corner to comer on 
 the map, diagonally, and tell the real distance. 
 On the map measure from teacher's desk to door, 
 tell the real distance; make other measurements 
 in same way. 
 
 Have pupils reproduce the map they have made 
 till they can do it readily and understand all its 
 points. 
 
 If impracticable to produce an original map, 
 question pupils on the following map and let them 
 copy it. 
 
 Questions on Map of School Room.— 
 
 Which way does this school house front? On 
 
 o 
 
 IH^ 00 0o Qo 00 
 [Tjo [7]o 00 0o 00 0> 
 0o 0o 0o 00 0o 01 
 0o 0o 0o 00 0o 0( 
 
 ^ of an inch = i foot. 
 
 which side of the school room is the bookcase? 
 How long is it ? How far from the west wall ? 
 From the east wall ? In what part of the room 
 is the teacher's desk ? How far does it stand out 
 from the wall? In what direction is desk 24 
 from desk i ? How far is the southeast corner of 
 desk I from the northwest corner of desk 24? 
 Which corners of desk 4 and desk 21 are nearest 
 each other? 
 
 IV. IDEAS OF SURFACE FORMS. 
 
 [In giving elementary ideas of surface forms, a relief 
 globe or relief wall maps^ will be found of the greatest 
 assistance. The teacher need not be discouraged, how- 
 ever, by their absence. What was said to the famous 
 archer will then be true of him: "Thy skill will be the 
 greater if thou hits' t it," and the simple devices of an 
 ingenious teacher, inspired by contact with his pupils, 
 are often the very best illustrations possible. Have 
 pupils illustrate their ideas of every surface form by a 
 drawing, no matter how crude, upon the blackboard. 
 However inartistic the result, the effort will be helpful. 
 Ask pupils each day to bring pictures of the things 
 taught in the following exercises. In most cases a 
 large collection of excellent illustrations will soon be 
 made.] 
 
 ORAL EXERCISES. 
 
 (i) Slopes.' Are the tops of the school desks 
 level ? 
 
 What can we say of them in respect to this ? 
 
 1 See Gypsal Relief Maps, Bay State Publishing Company, Hyde 
 Park, Mass. 
 
 2 See Frye'S Geography with Sand Modeling, pp. 52, 53, 54. 
 
 /^^ OP THE 
 
ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 Where have you seen a slope of land ? 
 
 How many slopes can you count in the school 
 yard? 
 
 Is there more than one slope on the desk top ? 
 
 Open your Geography and turn it, cover up, on 
 the desk, like this: 
 
 How many slopes now on the desk top ? 
 
 By what is the longest of these slopes made ? 
 
 How are the shorter ones made ? 
 
 Are the slopes all in the same direction ? 
 
 Does all the rain that falls sink into the ground ? 
 
 Where does it go? Why? 
 
 How does the rain get into pools ? 
 
 Can land slope in two directions at once ? 
 
 Look at all the slopes that lie in your way to 
 and from school and see if you find any lying in 
 more than one direction. 
 
 See if you can stand your Geography on the 
 desk in such a way that one side of the cover will 
 slope in more than one direction at the same time. 
 
 Look for large slopes of land having smaller 
 slopes within them. 
 
 Represent,^ on a modeling board, some slope 
 that you can see. 
 
 Note that, in Geography, a slope is always a descent. 
 
 (2) A Hill. If a hill is within sight call atten- 
 tion of pupils to it. 
 
 If no hill is to be seen from the school house 
 have each pupil tell where he has seen one. 
 
 Is the hill higher or lower than the land around 
 it? 
 
 1 See Frye's Geography with Sand Modeling^ p. 29, last paragraph. 
 
 Lead the pupil to observe (a) the base, (b) the 
 top, (c) the slope. 
 
 Call attention first to the part then to the name. 
 
 By questions, if possible, lead pupils to define 
 for themselves the hill as a mass of land higher 
 than the surrounding country. 
 
 Have pupils represent, on a modeling board, 
 some hill that they can see. 
 
 'WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Read the following skeleton, fillmg blanks 
 orally with the necessary words, then in writing: 
 
 ' 'A hill is -. Its parts are the , the 
 
 , and the . The base of a hill is the 
 
 and the slope is the . There is a hill about 
 
 Distance, from the school house in a direc- 
 tion, and another about in a direction." 
 
 ORAL EXERCISES. 
 
 (3) A Mountain. Observe a mountain, if one 
 is in sight. 
 
 Have the pupil mention any mountain he has 
 seen and tell about it. 
 
 Where no mountain is in sight, let pupil ob- 
 serve a hill and lead him to imagine a mountain. 
 
 Make diagram of hill and mountain on the 
 board to illustrate compara- 
 tive size. 
 
 Note. — in the absence of a complete outfit of tables 
 and modeling boards an oblong pie tin may be made 
 to serve. Putty, dough, clay, or sand may be used. 
 Where the school grounds are suitable, the representation 
 of surface forms may be made in the earth of the school 
 yard by the use of spade, trowel, or knife. When, later 
 on, it becomes desirable to model school grounds, county, 
 state, or continent, ist, mark the boundaries; 2d, build 
 up the mountains in their proper places, shape the slopes 
 and valleys, scratch lines for rivers, scoop out hollows 
 for lakes, and cut out places for gulfs and bays. When 
 the material has hardened, water may be poured in to 
 complete the illustration. 
 
IDEAS OF SURFACE FORMS. 
 
 Have pupils represent, on the modeling board, 
 some mountain that they can see, if any is in 
 sight. 
 
 See picture of volcano, p. 15. What is a vol- 
 cano ? 
 
 (4) A Mountain Range. Where practicable 
 have pupils observe a mountain range. Illustrate 
 by diagram, as follows: 
 
 Lead the pupil by questions and observations to 
 tell what it is himself. 
 
 Have pupils represent, on a modeling board, 
 some mountain range that they can see. If none 
 is in sight, build a range of mountains as the 
 diagram suggests. 
 
 Teach what a Mountain System consists of. 
 
 W^RITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Write this skeleton on the board, pupils fill 
 blanks orally, then copy. Each blank may be 
 filled by any number of words necessary: 
 
 "A mountain is of land hill. A 
 
 range of mountains is of mountains. A 
 
 mountain system is of mountain ranges. 
 
 A volcano is ." 
 
 ORAIv EXERCISE. 
 
 (5) A Lake.^ Find a pond, where possible, 
 and lead the class to describe it: (a) water, fresh 
 or salt; (b) land on all sides. 
 
 When this is done, step by step, have pupils 
 write the description. 
 
 If no pond is accessible, let a place be scooped 
 in the yard and pour in water. 
 
 3 See Frye's Geography with Sand Modeling, p. 55. 
 
 Cut a channel from it to teach outlet. 
 
 Let the pupil imagine the pond to be enlarged, 
 first, to reach some distant point in sight and, 
 then, to reach as far in all directions as he can 
 see, and in this way perceive what a lake is. 
 
 Ask pupils to bring into the class all the pict- 
 ures of lakes they can find. 
 
 Diagram of Pond and Lake. 
 
 Let them make a shallow depression in the 
 mountains they have modeled and sprinkle it 
 with white sand or ashes for a lake. 
 
 Have them represent, on the modeling board, 
 some pond or pool that they have seen. 
 
 WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Write and complete the following; then mem- 
 orize: 
 
 A lake is a ^"^- body of , usually . It 
 
 is by land. 
 
 ORAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (6) A River. ^ If a stream is within sight or 
 can be seen by walking a short distance, have the 
 pupil observe for himself: 
 
 (a) The direction of its flow. 
 
 (b) The direction from which it flows. 
 
 (c) How the stream flows — straight or winding. 
 
 (d) The edge of the river, or land that borders it. 
 
 (e) Teach the term "shore," or "bank." 
 
 (f) Show "right bank," "left bank," "bed." 
 
 1 See Frye's Geography with Sand Modeling, pp. 56, 57, 58. 
 
ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 (g) Teach meaning of "source." 
 (h) Meaning of "mouth." 
 Lead the pupil, by questions, to describe all 
 these for himself. 
 
 If the stream is a brook, get the idea of a 
 river by imagining the brook to be several 
 times as wide as it is and having other 
 streams flowing into it. 
 
 If a real stream is inaccessible, teach 
 from the picture on this page, having the 
 pupil observe all the above. 
 
 Have pupils represent, on the modeling 
 board, some running stream that they can 
 see, if there is one. 
 
 WRITTETsr EXERCISE. 
 
 Skeleton for pupil to fill out orally and copy. 
 Fill each blank with as many words as are neces- 
 sary: 
 
 A river is a ^''^- winding of , 
 
 the land. Its source is , its mouth is . 
 
 The shore, or bank, is , the right bank is 
 
 , the left bank is . The bed is . 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 (7) You can see that the river bed must be a 
 slope or the water would not run. When the 
 slope of the bed is steep the water runs very 
 swiftly, making the surface of the river rough, 
 and this swift and rough flowing of the river is 
 called Rapids. 
 
IDEAS OF SURFACE FORMS. 
 
 13 
 
 Sometimes, also, the bed of the river drops 
 suddenly downward like the side of a house, and 
 the water plunges straight down over the edge, 
 and is then called a Waterfall or Cataract. 
 
 Where the land along the river is very low it 
 often happens that when the water rises the land 
 is overflowed. To prevent this a ridge of stones, 
 earth, and timber is built along the shore to keep 
 the water in the bed of the river. This ridge is 
 called a Levee (lev'ee) or Dyke. When the water 
 breaks through the levee, as it does sometimes, 
 the break is called a Crevasse (ere vSsse'). 
 
 (8) Questions on the Picture of the River. 
 Point out the source of the river. The mouth. 
 Right bank. Left bank. The rapids. The cat- 
 aract. The levee. The crevasse. On which 
 bank of the river is the village ? What name do 
 you give to the water of the river just below the 
 cataract ? Would you think the land on the right 
 side of the river below the rapids high or low ? 
 Why ? Would you think the land above the cat- 
 aract high or low ? Below the rapids what name 
 is given to the ridge of land along the right bank 
 of the river? What is the opening made through 
 it by the water called ? 
 
 WRITTEM EXERCISE. 
 
 Whefi the pupil has carefully studied the pre- 
 ceding questions and answered them let him copy 
 and fill out the following letter: 
 
 Dear Cousin Emma: 
 
 I send you with this letter a picture 
 
 of the village where we live, and of the 
 
 that runs by it, and of all the country from the 
 
 of the river in the to its at the 
 
 sea. You will see that our village stands on 
 
 the bank of the , a little above the 
 
 , and that the land on' which it stands 
 
 slopes in directions, one towards the of 
 
 the and the other towards its . Above 
 
 the village you will see that the land on both the 
 
 bank and bank slopes somewhat 
 
 towards the stream. Below the the water 
 
 runs ver}^ swiftly for a little distance, and, after 
 
 we pass below the , the land on the is 
 
 level and very low, so that the water of the 
 
 will often overflow it. To prevent this a is 
 
 built of to keep the water in its . 
 
 Sometimes it happens that the water breaks 
 
 through this , and the opening it makes is 
 
 called a . The picture shows such a 
 
 and a number of houses partly under water. As 
 
 3'ou see, our village is on land and in no 
 
 danger. 
 
 Your afiectionate cousin, 
 
 Mary. 
 
 ORA.Iv EXERCISE. 
 
 (9) A Valley.^ If within sight of one, lead 
 the pupil by question and conversation to observe: 
 
 (a) Position of valley, as (l) the land between 
 two hills; (2) the land along both sides of a river. 
 
 (b) Upper part of river valley (toward the head- 
 waters). 
 
 (c) Lower part (toward the mouth). 
 
 (d) Slopes (l) in the direction the river runs; 
 (2) slope toward the left bank; (3) slope toward 
 right bank. 
 
 Let pupils turn to the picture of a river and 
 point out the upper part of the valley, the lower 
 part, and slopes. 
 
 Explain and show that the large land-slopes are 
 not regular in descent, but are usually broken by 
 elevations, making many slopes within slopes, and 
 that therefore there will be many slopes in various 
 directions within the three main slopes of a valley. 
 
 A?VRI'rTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Skeleton for pupil to fill out orally; then copy: 
 A valley is hills, or a river; the upper 
 
 1 See Frye's Geography with Sand Modeling, pp. 58, 59, 60. 
 
14 
 
 ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 part of a river valley is the land , and the 
 
 lower part is the land . The long slope of a 
 
 river valley is the slope from to , and 
 
 the short slopes are the slopes banks. 
 
 (id) a River System.^ If at or near the junc- 
 tion of two rivers, let the pupil observe that one 
 flows into the other. 
 
 Teach that a river with a number of rivers 
 jiowing into it makes a River System. 
 
 Have class draw the river system here outlined: 
 
 
 v^r 
 
 
 £ 
 
 ifiHtfd 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Jj^to 
 
 *i 
 
 
 ^**u 
 
 
 ^£^\_ 
 
 k\ 
 
 ^-^ 
 
 ^/^-^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3i ^ ^" 
 
 — -^"l 
 
 j 
 
 lyi 
 
 
 If 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^mWh 
 
 
 Tr' utary 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 - J 
 
 Teach that a river Jiowing into another is called 
 a Tributary. 
 
 (i I ) By questions, lead pupils to see that all the 
 land from which the water, of a river system is 
 received is the River Basin. Teach them to dis- 
 criminate clearly between a river system and a 
 river basin. Draw from them an oral statement 
 of the diflference. Have them write the differ- 
 ence, then put on the board the best statement 
 of the difference given. 
 
 (12) A P1.AIN. By actual observation show 
 that it is (a) a level, or nearly level, tract of land. 
 Where possible show also, by observation, that it 
 may be (b) lowland, (c) upland, (d) high plain, or 
 plateau (pla to'). Illustrate on the blackboard by 
 outline like the following: 
 
 1 See Frye's Geography with Sand Modeling, pp. 61, 62, 63. 
 
 Lowland. 
 
 Upland. 
 
 Questions. — Where have you seen a lowland 
 plain ? An upland plain ? Have you ever seen a 
 plateau? If so, tell where, and describe it. 
 
 (13) An Island. If in sight, let class observ^e 
 it. By questions, lead pupils to describe it. Let 
 each one tell where he has seen an island. Have 
 him make an island out of sand or clay, on the 
 modeling board. Look for an island in the picture. 
 Contrast and compare an island with a lake. 
 Write upon the board the definition and have it 
 learned. 
 
 (14) A Peninsula. If within a short distance 
 the proper projection of land can be found, go 
 with the class and look at it. Question them 
 until from some of them all the characteristics of 
 a peninsula are told. Afterward write on the 
 board the best description given and have them 
 copy it. If there is no better way at command 
 let them look at the picture, p. 15, and describe 
 the projection there. If there are streams or 
 bodies of water in the neighborhood, ask pupils 
 to find all the peninsulas they can on the road to 
 school and in the vicinity. Inquire for several 
 days what they have found; stimulate emulation 
 in this, also in the discovery of the four follow- 
 ing divisions. 
 
 (15) A Cape. Teach the child to recognize a 
 cape as you teach a peninsula — by observation of 
 a real cape or from the picture. 
 
 (16) A Gulf. Wherever a peninsula can be 
 seen a gulf is almost always found. Teach, 
 through observation, and lead, by questions, the 
 child to describe it after seeing it or a picture 
 of it. 
 
ELEMENTARY MAP READING. 
 
 15 
 
 If 
 
 (17) Isthmus (is'mus) — 
 Strait. Pursue the same 
 method as in teaching a gulf. 
 Compare an isthmus with a 
 strait. 
 
 In what are they alike? 
 
 In what do they differ? 
 
 (18) Questions on the 
 Picture. Make a list of all 
 the forms of land and water rep- 
 resented in this picture. What 
 form is represented in the lower 
 right hand comer? {Ans. A 
 Promontory.') What is a prom- 
 ontoiy? (^Ans. A high Cape.) 
 How many peninsulas can you 
 find in the picture? How 
 many slopes ? How many hills ? 
 
 ow many straits? 
 
 V. ELEMENTARY MAP READING. 
 
 Map of School Grounds.^ Procure a tape 
 line or a string of convenient length and let 
 pupils measure the school grounds. If the 
 grounds are not laid with marked boundary lines, 
 measure any convenient distance from the cen- 
 ter of each side of the school house and set a 
 stake. 
 
 Afterward adopt some convenient scale, as 20 
 ft., 40 ft., or 60 ft. to the inch, and draw a bound- 
 ary line of the grounds. In the center draw an 
 outline to represent the school house. Measure 
 distances of several objects (well, gate, coal or 
 wood shed) from the school house; write them 
 down and also note the direction. Draw outlines 
 of these in the proper places. 
 
 Note direction of other objects (a tree, stone, 
 hill). Measure distances as before and mark the 
 position of the objects on the map. 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World at Home, vol. I, p. 33, Les. 14, Drawing 
 Plan of School Grounds. 
 
 Question on distances and direction of various 
 objects from one another. Repeat the drawing. 
 
 WRITTElsr EXERCISE. 
 
 Have pupils write a description of their 
 school house and grounds on the plan below. 
 Assist them in getting necessary information: 
 
 (a) Kind of ground it stands on — hill; 
 slope, direction of; plain; valley. 
 
 (b) Faces which way. 
 
 (c) Size — number of rooms, closets, etc. 
 
 (d) Materials op which made — brick or 
 stone, where procured, how; wood, different 
 kinds, where found, how prepared. 
 
 (e) Surroundings— pleasant or not, and why; 
 trees or stones in the yard, etc. 
 
 (f ) Kind of wood in pupils' desks, in teacher's 
 desk; where obtained. 
 
 (g) Walls — tinted, papered, clean, soiled, etc. 
 
i6 
 
 ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 Road Fence 
 
 ROAD 
 
 Road Fence 
 
 Scale ! 
 
 Map of School Grounds. 
 
 hill and the puddle? Between the 
 hill and the river? How many 
 slopes are shown between the 
 creek and the river? How are 
 they shown? Is the line that sep- 
 arates these slopes on high ground 
 or low ground? What is such a 
 line called? {Ans. A Watershed.') 
 Tell the difference between the two 
 slopes on the opposite side of the 
 river and the two slopes between 
 the creek and the river. Which 
 of the following pair of slopes 
 
 represents the slopes on the oppo- 
 site side of the river? Should 
 you think this school house stands 
 on level ground or on a slope? 
 If on a slope, what is its general 
 direction? Find eight slopes 
 shown on this map. 
 
 VI. STUDY OF COUNTY. 
 
 [These questions may be ex- 
 tended to suit the requirements 
 of the course of study or the views 
 of the teacher. ] 
 
 If impracticable to measure grounds let ques- 
 tions on the accompanying map be answered by the 
 class with the book open, and let the map be copied. 
 
 Questions on the Map. — Which way does the school 
 house face? How far from the door to the front fence? 
 To the gates? In what direction is the right gate from 
 the school house? How wide is the road? How many 
 feet of ground on the south side of the road are included 
 in the map? How far from the northeast corner of the 
 house to the center of the puddle? How far from the 
 northwest corner to the tree? From the tree to the rock? 
 In what direction does the land slope between the school 
 house and the puddle? How do you tell? Between the 
 
 Name of county. How bounded. 
 Name streams. Give direction 
 of flow. Name mountains, hills, 
 ponds or lakes, valleys, forests, 
 and give direction from school 
 house; distance. L,ocality of best 
 farming lands — on hills or plains 
 or in valleys? Products. Mills and factories— direc- 
 tion and distance from school house. Name of county 
 seat— direction and distance from school house. Trace 
 with a pointer the road by which you go. Name 
 streams, if any crossed in going to county seat. Mount- 
 ains crossed. 
 
 VII. STUDIES ON STATE MAP. 
 
 Where is San Francisco? Sacramento? Direction 
 of county from San F'rancisco. From Sacramento. 
 By what road would you travel from your county seat to 
 San Francisco ? To Sacramento ? 
 
THE EARTH AS A WHOLE. 
 
 17 
 
 
 i 
 
 iiiip 
 
 The Earth in Spack. 
 
 VIII. THE EARTH AS A WHOLE. 
 
 ORAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (i) Shape. Round — Show a globe, an orange, 
 or a ball; teach that anything round like an orange 
 is called a g/ode, a da/l, or a sphere. 
 
 WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Write a sentence with the word globe in it. 
 Another with the word sphere in it. 
 
 Complete the following sentence and copy it; 
 then memorize: 
 
 The Earth is 
 
 like a 
 
i8 
 
 ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 oral exercises. 
 (2) Proof of Shape. 
 Notice the fly on the top 
 of the ball. Notice him 
 in the nearest position 
 toward, the right. Has 
 he turned a comer? 
 Does his head point in 
 the same direction as 
 
 at the start? Why? 
 
 In going to the next position has he turned a 
 
 comer? Is he nearer the starting point than he 
 
 was before ? Why ? 
 
 (3) Men have started to travel on the earth, and, 
 without turning about and going back, have come 
 again to the starting place. From this what should 
 you think about the shape of the earth ? In going 
 round the world do men walk, as in the picture ? 
 How do they go ? 
 
 Enlarge upon the last question by conversation 
 with the class. 
 
 (4) A joint of stove pipe is round in one wa5^ 
 Could a fly come back to his starting place on the 
 stove pipe without turning about ? 
 
 If the earth were in the shape of a joint of stove 
 pipe, only very large, as it is now, could men come 
 back to a starting place without turning about? 
 
 When men come back to the place from which 
 they started, without turning about, does it prove 
 that the earth is round like a ball or globe? 
 
 In what shape might it be ? 
 
 WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Write and complete the following sentence; 
 then memorize: 
 
 ' ' The Earth cannot be , because men have 
 
 traveled round it." 
 
 ORAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (5) Suppose you were to stand on an island in 
 
 the ocean and were to look east and see the top of 
 the mast come in sight, but could not see the ship, 
 would you think the ship to be on a level surface 
 or on a curved surface ? 
 
 Then if you looked west and saw a mast in the 
 same way, then north, then south, what would you 
 think about the shape of the earth — would it be 
 round like a stove pipe, or round like a ball? 
 Why? 
 
 ^?VRITTEN: EXERCISE. 
 
 After thinking and talking about this, let the 
 pupil write and complete the following sentence; 
 then memorize: 
 
 "The Earth must be like a or , 
 
 because when we look at a ship far off" upon the 
 
 sea, coming towards us from direction, we 
 
 see the first." ^ 
 
 ORAL e:*ercise. 
 
 (6) Size of the Earth, How far do you 
 think it is around the Earth ? If you should start 
 to travel around it and should go twenty miles 
 every day you would be 1,250 days in getting 
 back to your starting point. How far is that ? 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World at Home, vol. II, pp. 14-18. 
 
MOTIONS OF THE EARTH. 
 
 19 
 
 Looking at Ships from an Island in the Ocean. 
 
 The distance around tlie earth is called its Cir- 
 cumference. 
 
 The distance through it is called its Diameter, 
 and is 8,000 miles. 
 
 WRiTrrEiSr exercise. 
 ^ Write the following, fill it out, and 
 commit it to memory: 
 
 ' ' The distance around the earth is 
 
 miles, and is called its . The dis- 
 tance through the center is miles 
 
 and is called its ." 
 
 Write a sentence with the word cir- 
 cumference in it. Another with the 
 word diameter. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 (7) Motions of the Barth.'^ Think of a top 
 spinning before a lamp. The earth spins or turns 
 in the same way before the sun, except that it 
 turns in the air. This is one of its motions, and 
 is called the Rotation of the Earth on its Axis. 
 It is this motion that gives us day and night. 
 We go with the earth, and when the place we 
 are on is toward the sun, we have day; when it 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World at Home, vol. IT, pp. 23-25. 
 
 2 Motions of the earth may be omitted until later, if the teacher 
 finds it advisable. 
 
 is away from the sun, we have night. It takes 
 the earth 24 hours to turn completely round on 
 its axis. Stop and think what 24 hours make. 
 
 \VFiITTE>C EXERCISE. 
 
 Write this sentence and complete it; then mem- 
 orize: 
 
 "The earth turns round on its axis once in 
 hours, making ." 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 (8) Now think of a top spinning before a lamp 
 on the edge of a table shaped like the one in the 
 picture; then think that while it spins it is also 
 moving around the lamp along the edge of the 
 table. The earth moves in the same way around 
 the sun. This is the other motion and is called 
 
ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 The Revolution of the Earth around the Sun. 
 It does not stop spinning, but it moves along the 
 curved line at the same time. While going once 
 around the sun it turns on its axis 365 times. 
 Now, stop and think how many days that means. 
 
 WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Write this sentence and complete it; then mem- 
 orize: 
 
 * ' While going around the sun the earth turns 
 
 round on its axis times, making days, 
 
 which we call one ." 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 (9) While the earth is going around the sun, 
 as the top goes around the lamp in the picture, it 
 turns itself toward the sun in such a way that 
 most places have very cold weather part of the 
 year, then warmer weather, and then hot weather, 
 then cooler weather, and then very cold weather 
 again. 
 
 XA^RITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Write the following, putting only one word 
 in the place of each set of italic words above: 
 
 ' ' Most places have part of the year, then 
 
 , and then , then , and then 
 
 again." 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 (10) Can we see the whole earth from any 
 place upon it ? Can we see a great part of it ? 
 How, then, can we know how it looks. Men 
 have traveled over it and made maps of it. We 
 can see these maps, and in that way we can see 
 where the long mountain systems are, the largest 
 and longest rivers, the great slopes, hundreds of 
 miles long, and the valleys, so wide that a boy on 
 his pony would be weeks in crossing one. But 
 the maps do not really show how these things 
 look. You must look at the hills and small val- 
 leys and short slopes that you can see, and try to 
 imagine them growing and growing, hundreds of 
 
 times as large as they are, to make the great 
 mountains and large valleys and long slopes that 
 you can not see, but which make up the earth 
 and which are pictured on the map. 
 
 (11) You can do another thing. You pan im- 
 agine yourself to be very high above all mount- 
 ains and to be flying like a bird, around the earth 
 and looking down upon great bodies of land com- 
 posed of long slopes and great river basins sep- 
 arated by long ranges of mountains, sometimes 
 running north and south and sometimes east and 
 west. These great bodies of land are called 
 Continents. You would be looking down on 
 great bodies of water, also, much larger than the 
 land, and these are called Oceans, and their 
 water is salt. You would see them washing the 
 shores on all sides. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 Continents are great bodies of land composed 
 of long slopes and great river basins, separated 
 by long ranges of mountains. 
 
 Oceans are the large bodies of salt water that 
 surround the continents. 
 
 (12) Hemispheres. If you could go high 
 enough and could see far enough you might see 
 half the earth at one time. When the sun 
 shines upon it you would find one half looking 
 something like this: 
 
HEAT. 
 
 It is called the western half-sphere, or West- 
 ern Hemi-sJ>/iere. The large body of land in it is 
 called the Western Continent. 
 
 What do you think heini means? Which way do the 
 great mountain ranges of the Western Continent run — 
 north and south or east and west? Is there more water 
 or land in this hemisphere? 
 
 Now if you should wait till the other side of the 
 earth is rolled toward the sun you would find it 
 looking much like this: 
 
 I 
 
 This is called the Eastern Hemisphere, and the 
 great body of land in it is called the Eastern 
 Continent. 
 
 Which way do the large mountain ranges of this half 
 run — north and south or east and west? Is there more 
 water or land in this hemisphere? 
 
 If you would like to know how large part of 
 the earth's surface is land and how large part is 
 water, this diagram will tell you. Examine and 
 measure it, and decide for yourself: 
 
 I.and. 
 
 Water, 
 
 Now that you have measured it, what do you 
 decide? 
 
 IX. HEAT. 
 For Reading:^ 
 
 If you were to be asked where all the heat on 
 the surface of the earth comes from, you would 
 probably answer, "from the sun." Let us see 
 how the heat behaves. 
 
 In the morning, as the sun rises, the heat that 
 comes from it glances along the surface of the 
 earth, as you might skip your ball. It does not 
 strike very hard, and the air does not get very 
 warm. When the sun is nearly overhead the heat 
 goes into the earth around us instead of glancing 
 off. It is thrown from the sun so fast that the air 
 does not catch much of it as it goes through, but 
 the earth throws it back more slowly and then the 
 air becomes heated. 
 
 Did you ever stand at the side of a brick or stone 
 or even a wood house when the sun was shining 
 on it in summer and notice how hot the air was 
 there ? Did you ever go a little distance away from 
 the house and notice that it grew cooler? Why 
 was it warmer near the house ? 
 
 The earth is like the side of the house; it throws 
 back into the air the heat received from the sun, 
 and the air that is nearest to it receives a larger 
 part of the heat than the air further away. If, 
 then, you could rise in a balloon several thousand 
 feet from a plain on the earth, would you find it 
 warmer or cooler? If, when you were so high, 
 your balloon should light on a mountain top, you 
 would expect still to find the air cooler than on 
 the plain, would you not? There are many parts 
 of the world where the low plains are hot and 
 the mountains and high plains, or plateaus, in the 
 same region, are very cool, some mountains being 
 so high that they are always covered with snow. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 I . The sun pours heat through the air into the 
 
 I Articles entitled " For Reading," should be made the subject of 
 cbnversation until the pupil thoroughly understands them. The 
 summary, " For Recitation," may then be committed to memory. 
 
22 
 
 ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 earth and the earth gives it back to the air. The 
 greatest heat is received where the sun is directly 
 opposite the place on which it is shining. 
 
 2. There is more heat in the air near the surface 
 of the earth than far away from it. High mount- 
 ains and plateaus are cool when the plains below 
 them are warm or hot. 
 
 X. MOISTURE. 
 For Reading: 
 
 If you place a piece of ice in a basin in the sun, 
 in a short time you will find it gone. It has be- 
 come a liquid which we call water. We say the 
 ice has melted. 
 
 If you place a basin of water where the summer 
 sun will shine upon it, in a few hours you will 
 find it gone. What has become of it ? It has 
 passed into the air in the form of vapor. We say 
 it has evaporated. 
 
 Did you ever see a fog ? Where ? Did it rise 
 from the sea or the land ? When the sun shone 
 hot after a rain, did you ever see steam rising from 
 the top of a house or bam or from the sidewalk or 
 the ground ? All this fog or steam we call vapor, 
 or moisture, and, though enough of it to be seen 
 does not often rise at once, this vapor is constantly 
 going up into the air from the ground, from rivers, 
 ponds, and lakes, and from the ocean. 
 
 Why does not all the water from the soil, the 
 rivers, and lakes, and from the sea finally go olGF in 
 this way and leave the beds of the streams and of 
 the ocean dry? Read a little further and you 
 will learn why. 
 
 See a pitcher of ice water in the summer with 
 the drops of water on the outside surface. The 
 water did not come through the pitcher. How 
 did it get there ? The cold pitcher has turned the 
 vapor that was in the air next to it into water 
 drops. 
 
 See the dew on the grass and the trees in the 
 
 morning. The surface of the earth at night is 
 cooler than the air next to it, and has turned the 
 moisture in the air to water, as the surface of the 
 cold pitcher did. Besides this, it has cooled the 
 layer of air next to it, and the vapor that rose 
 from the earth and from the leaves of the trees in 
 the night has been turned into water drops by this 
 layer of cold air before it could rise from the grass 
 or the leaves. If the night had been cold enough 
 the vapor would be frozen, and there would be 
 frost instead of dew. 
 
 See the clouds gather and the sky grow dark 
 and the rain begin to fall. Whence did it come? 
 The thin vapor that the heat of the sun carried 
 from the ocean and the lakes and the rivers into 
 the air has met a layer of cold air, at some dis- 
 tance above the earth, and has been turned by it 
 into water drops that filled the clouds and that are 
 now falling to the earth. We say the vapor has 
 been condensed into water. If the layer of air is 
 cold enough the vapor that rises will become snow. 
 
 When the vapor rises very rapidly so that it 
 reaches a high and very cold layer of air before it 
 freezes, it condenses into ice pellets called Jiail. 
 To produce this rapid rise of the vapor, great heat 
 is required and for this reason hail storms usually 
 occur in the warm season of the year and in the 
 hottest part of the day. 
 
 In these ways the water that has been evaporated 
 by the heat of the sun and carried upward in the 
 air is condensed and returned again, in dew and 
 rain, frost and snow, to the earth and the sea, 
 thus preventing the streams and the ocean from 
 drying up. 
 
 The water of springs, rivers, and lakes is all 
 first taken from the sea in vapor. When this 
 vapor cools and the rain falls upon the earth, 
 springs, rivers, and lakes are formed. Thus you 
 will see that the ocean is the source of all the 
 moisture of the earth, as the sun is the source 
 of all the heat. 
 
CLIMA TE. 
 
 23 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1 . The heat of the sun takes up moisture from 
 the sea and the earth in the form of vapor, which 
 floats in the air. 
 
 2. The surface of the earth at night cools the 
 air next to it, and turns its moisture to water 
 drops, called dew. This cold air also condenses 
 into dew the vapors that rise from the earth, and 
 in this way part of the moisture taken up by the 
 sun's heat is returned to the earth. 
 
 3. The cold air above our heads condenses into 
 Tain drops the vapors that have been taken up 
 from the earth and the sea by the sun's heat. 
 These rain drops fall to the earth and help to 
 keep up its moisture, and to keep its streams, 
 lakes, and oceans from becoming dry. 
 
 4. The ocean is the source of all the moisture 
 of the earth. 
 
 Write a sentence, using the words heat, water, 
 evaporated. 
 
 Write a sentence, using the words vapor, con- 
 densed, water. 
 
 XI. CLIMATE. 
 
 3^or Reading: 
 
 Climate is the name for a condition of the 
 atmosphere with respect to the amount of heat 
 and moisture it contains. Some places have a 
 lot climate, others a cool climate, and still others 
 a cold climate; some have a moist and others a 
 •dry climate. 
 
 In most places, as you have already learned, the 
 ■climate changes with the seasons of the year. 
 
 On low or very large plains in those parts of 
 tlie world where the sun at noon is nearly or 
 ■directly overhead, the climate is hot. On high 
 mountains in the same region, as you have 
 learned, it will be cool. 
 
 Winds often carry air loaded with vapor a long 
 distance into cooler currents of air, or against cold 
 mountain sides, where the moisture is condensed 
 into rain, thus giving countries at a distance from 
 the sea a moist and agreeable climate. 
 
 When this vapor is blown against mountains 
 it is sometimes stopped by them, preventing 
 countries on the opposite side of the mountains 
 from receiving rain. 
 
 Mountains sometimes stop the cold winds that 
 blow against them, thus giving a warmer climate 
 to countries on the opposite side. 
 
 You see, therefore, that winds and mountains, 
 though they cannot produce either heat or moist- 
 ure, have much to do with making the climate of 
 a place dry or moist, warm or cool. 
 
 Another very interesting and important thing 
 about climate you may learn for yourself. Take 
 a bucket of water and a bucket of sand and place 
 them side by side in the sun on the morning of a 
 hot day. At noon the sand will be much hotter 
 than the water. Why? Because the earth takes 
 in heat much faster than the water. 
 
 Now let both buckets stand till midnight or till 
 near morning of the next day. The water will 
 now be warmer than the sand. Why ? Because 
 the sand throws out the heat it has taken in much 
 faster than the water, and therefore cools quicker. 
 
 Now think of the ocean as a great bucket of 
 water and the continent as a great bucket of sand. 
 In the summer days the continents will take in 
 heat much faster than the ocean, and become 
 much hotter. Therefore, if you live near the 
 ocean, where the air from it can reach you before 
 it is heated by the land, you will find a cooler cli- 
 mate in summer than if you live far away from it. 
 In the cold weather of winter the continent 
 throws off" its heat much faster than the ocean, 
 and therefore becomes cold, much sooner. If 
 you now live near the ocean, which at this season 
 
 /^#^2f%^ 
 
24 
 
 ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 is much warmer than the land, you will find the air 
 around you less cold than if you lived far away. 
 You may thus discover that the nearness of 
 a place to the ocean, or its distance from it, has 
 much to do with its climate. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1 . In those parts of the world where the sun at 
 noon is nearly or directly overhead, the climate on 
 low or very large plains is extremely hot. 
 
 2. Winds sometimes carry vapor from the ocean 
 to places at a distance, where it is condensed into 
 rain by cold currents of air or by high mountains. 
 
 3. Countries on one side of mountain ranges are 
 sometimes without rain, because the mountains 
 stop the vapor blown against them on the oppo- 
 site side. 
 
 4. Countries on one side of a mountain range 
 are sometimes much warmer than countries on the 
 other, because the mountains have kept off the 
 cold winds from that side. 
 
 5. Countries near the sea coast have a cooler 
 climate in summer and a warmer climate in win- 
 ter than those far away from it. 
 
 Home Questions. — Where you live, is the cli- 
 mate hot or cool? Moist or dry? What is the 
 difference between the summer and winter climate, 
 where you live ? Where you live, what winds are 
 hottest? What winds are cool? What winds 
 usually bring rain? Can you get any one you 
 know to tell you why ? 
 
 XII. BELTS OF CLIMATE CALLED ZONES. 
 A strip, or belt, of the earth, very wide from 
 north to south, and extending all the way around 
 the globe from east to west, lies directly opposite 
 the sun. Such a belt, you know, must be very 
 hot. Because it is so hot it is called the Torrid 
 
 Zone. (Torrid means //<?/, and zone means belt 
 of country.) 
 
 The parts of the earth farthest north and south 
 from the Torrid Zone are the coldest regions. This 
 is because the sun's rays strike them obliquely, 
 that is, slantingly, as you see in the picture. 
 They are called Frigid Zones. (Frigid means 
 very cold.) 
 
 Between the Torrid and the Frigid Zones are 
 broad belts of country neither extremely hot nor 
 extremely cold, called Temperate Zones. 
 
 The Torrid Zone is distinguished for the size 
 and beauty of its trees and flowers, for its spices 
 and rich fruits, and the strong odor of its plants. 
 The mahogany, palm, coffee, and cinnamon trees, 
 the banana, pineapple, and sugar cane flourish in 
 this zone. The largest animals are found amid its 
 luxuriant vegetation, and the forests swarm with 
 birds of brilliant plumage, insects, and reptiles. 
 
 The Temperate Zones are distinguished for 
 their abundance of the fruits and grains most 
 useful to man, for forests producing timber best 
 adapted to the building of houses and ships and 
 the manufacture of furniture, and for plants 
 adapted for clothing, such as cotton, flax, and 
 hemp. In this zone wild animals are less numerous 
 than in the Torrid Zone, but the more useful ani- 
 mals, such as the horse, cow, sheep, and deer, are 
 abundant. 
 
 The Frigid Zones produce nothing but mosses 
 and lichens, except in the more temperate parts, 
 where a little barley and r>^e are grown, and a few 
 pines and other hardy trees are found. Compar- 
 atively few land animals are found in this zone, 
 but sea fowl are very numerous, and the sea 
 abounds with the whale, seal, and walrus. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 Questions. — Why is the Torrid Zone hot? 
 Why are the Frigid Zones coldest? Why are 
 the Temperate Zones neither so hot as the Torrid 
 
ZONES. 
 
 25 
 
 Zone nor so cold as the Frigid Zones ? What is said 
 of the vegetation of the Torrid Zone ? The animals ? 
 
 Vegetation of the Temperate Zones ? Animals ? 
 Vegetation of the Frigid Zones ? Animals ? 
 
 Questions on Picture of the Zones.— What is the I Where is the South Temperate Zone? The North Tem- 
 name of the zone farthest north? Farthest south? | perate Zone? Name all the zones from south to north. 
 
 From the Torrid Zone north. From the Torrid Zone I perate Zone. ) Between what zones does the Torrid Zone 
 south. In which zone do you live? {Ans. North Tein- \ lie? The North Temperate Zone? The South Temperate 
 
26 
 
 ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 Zone? In which zone do you see fierce wild animals? 
 In what zone do you see animals useful for food or work? 
 Which zone looks pleasantest? Why? What do you see 
 in the North Frigid Zone? 
 
 Write a description of the zones from the picture of them. 
 
 Questions on Map of the Zones.' — Is the Equator 
 nearer the North Pole or the South Pole? Measure and 
 see. Where, then, should you say the Equator is? 
 
 What, then, should you say the B^quator is? What two 
 lines south of the Equator? Which of them is nearer 
 the Equator? Between what lines is the South Temper- 
 ate Zone? The Torrid Zone? The North Temperate 
 Zone? What line bounds the North Frigid Zone on the 
 south? What line bounds the South Temperate Zone on 
 the north? If you were to pass from one zone to another, 
 would you see these lines? Why? Draw a map of the 
 zones from memory. 
 
 XIII. OCCUPATIONS. 
 
 OFiAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (i) Farming. What is the business of the 
 fanD,er? Make a list of all the products of the 
 farm and garden that you can think of. What 
 are these products called? i^Ans. Vegetable 
 Products.^ Are the farms you know of on slop- 
 ing or level ground? Do you think farming 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World by the Fireside, p. 14. ' 
 
 regions are generally found on hills, or in val- 
 leys ? Why should they be found there ? 
 
 (2) Mining. What does the miner do? 
 Make a list of all the minerals you can 
 think of. Have you ever .seen a mine? 
 
 What kind of a mine? Where? What are the 
 
 products of mines called? 
 
 (3) Manufacturing. Name all the manu- 
 factured articles that 3^ou can think of. What 
 are all such articles called? Name three things 
 that drive the machinery in factories, i. . 
 
 (4) From the following list select the manu- 
 
OCCUPATIONS. 
 
 27 
 
 factured articles: Wheat, cloth, stoves, butter, 
 iron, wool, milk, flour, cotton, rice, cheese, pud- 
 ding, starch, wine, potatoes, grapes, raisins, 
 horseshoes, leather, cattle, 'hides. Tell from 
 what each is made. 
 
 W^RITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Choose from the three following subjects and 
 write as fully as you can upon it: 
 
 1 . A description of what I have seen men doing 
 on a farm. 
 
 2. A description of what I have seen men doing 
 in a mine. 
 
 3. A description of what I have seen people 
 doing in a factory. 
 
 ORAL EXERCISE. 
 
 (4) CoiVTMERCE. Name all the useful things 
 you can think of that come from other states or 
 countries. Name all the things you can think of 
 that are produced in this state and that are taken 
 to other states and countries to sell. How do the 
 things that come from other countries or states 
 get here? How are the things that we produce 
 taken to other states and countries? What is 
 the business of exchanging these things called? 
 Name all the classes of people you can think of 
 that are employed in order to make these ex- 
 changes. 
 
 Vv^RITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Write a short composition that shall answer 
 all the above questions and read it for the next 
 recitation. 
 
 oral exercise. 
 
 (5) Things that Favor Different Occu- 
 pations. What are fertile lands ? Barren lands ? 
 Where the slopes are long and gradual and the 
 rivers slow, making the valleys large, what kind 
 of land, fertile or barren, should we expect to 
 find ? What should we expect to find most of the 
 people doing? 
 
 Where the, slopes are shorter and steeper, and 
 the rivers swift, with frequent rapids, what should 
 we expect to find many people doing? Why? 
 
 In what kind of country should we expect to 
 find mining? 
 
 In a country with an uneven coast line, having 
 many inlets and harbors, what branch of industry 
 should we expect to see flourish ? Why ? What 
 is a harbor? What harbors do you know of in 
 this state ? 
 
 -WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Write what you have learned in studying the 
 last exercise and read it for the next recitation. 
 
 REVIEW QUESTIONS. 
 
 1. What is a slope? A hill? A mountain? A mount- 
 ain range? A lake? A river; right bank; left bank; bed; 
 source; mouth; rapids; levee; crevasse? A river system; 
 tributary? A river basin? A watershed? A plateau? 
 
 2. What is an island? A peninsula? A gulf? An 
 isthmus? A strait? Compare an island with a lake. 
 Compare a gulf with a peninsula. An isthmus with a 
 strait. Define a continent. An ocean. What is the 
 difference between lake water and ocean water? 
 
 3. What is a hemisphere? Into what hemispheres is 
 the earth usually divided? What is the large body of 
 land in the Western Hemisphere called? In the Eastern 
 Hemisphere? How large a part of the earth's surface is 
 land and how large a part is water? 
 
 4. Why is it hotter at noon than in the morning? 
 Why is it hotter near the surface of the earth than it is 
 several thousand feet above it? From what source does 
 the earth receive moisture? When moisture is solid, 
 what do we call it? When it is liquid, what do we call 
 it? When water is evaporated, what do we call the 
 moisture? When moisture floats in the air, is it solid, 
 liquid, or vapor? How does it become liquid? Why is 
 it sometimes true that the climate on one side of a 
 mountain range is very wet, and on the other very dry? 
 How do mountains sometimes give a warm climate to the 
 countries on one side of them? 
 
 Name the zones in their order, beginning with the most 
 northerly. Between what lines is the Torrid Zone? 
 What line divides it in the center? Which is the hottest 
 zone? Why? Which are the coldest zones? Why? 
 Which are the best zones to live in? Why? 
 
28 
 
 ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 XIV. REVIEW 
 
 OF ELEMENTARY MAP 
 READING. 
 
 [In the study of this map, the knowledge to be 
 gained of California is merely incidental, the primary 
 object being, simply, to give additional exercise in 
 map reading before taking up the general map studies 
 of the book. Hold pupils to this work till they read 
 accurately and quickly all that is called for by the 
 questions. It is not designed that the answers should 
 be memorized.] 
 
 Questions. — Point north on the map; south; west; 
 
 east. Point to water; to land. Trace, with pencil, 
 
 the line of land bordering the water; what name do 
 
 you give to it? Point to mountains and name them; 
 
 to other mountains. Trace, with pencil, the 
 
 mountains on the east side of the state; the 
 
 west side. Point out three rivers and 
 
 name them. Where is the source of 
 
 each? Trace each to its mouth. Tell 
 
 direction of mouth from source. 
 
 Point out and name three lakes 
 
 and tell in what part of 
 
 California each is. Point 
 
 to San P'rancisco; to 
 
 Sacramento; to 
 
 three towns 
 
 near San 
 
 Francisco and 
 
 name them; to three 
 
 towns in the southern 
 
 part of the state and name 
 
 them; to three towns in the 
 
 northern part of the state and 
 
 name them; to Mt. Shasta. Trace 
 
 the Sacramento River from Mt. Shasta 
 
 to Sacramento. In what direction does 
 
 it flow? Do you go up hill or. down from 
 
 Shasta to Sacramento? From Colusa to Sacra 
 
 mento? How do you tell? From Marysville to 
 
 the Sacramento River? From Placerville? F'rom 
 
 Colfax? From Jackson? From Oroville? From San 
 
 Andreas to Stockton? Do the rivers on the east side 
 
 the Sacramento River run from the Sacramento to the n 
 
 ains or from the mountains to the Sacramento? In what direction 
 
 does the land slope between the eastern mountains and 
 
 the Sacramento? In what direction does the land slope 
 
 between the western mountains and the Sacramento and 
 
 San Joaquin Rivers? How does the land slope between 
 
 Pronunciations.— Col' fax; Los An'gel5s(lez); Pla'cerville; San 
 An'dreas; San Ber nar di/no; San Joaquin (san wah keen'). 
 
 Santa Ana and San Bernardino? Between Wilmington 
 and Los Angeles? How can you tell by the map which 
 way the land slopes? Is Los Angeles or San Diego on 
 higher ground ? 
 
TOPICAL OUTLINE OF ELEMENTARY LESSONS. 
 
 29 
 
 TOPICAL OUTLINE OF ELEMENTARY LESSONS FOR USE BY THE TEACHER. 
 
 , f I. Northeast, 
 I. North I ^_ Northwest. 
 
 Direction J 
 
 2. South 
 
 3. East. 
 ^4. West. 
 
 J I. Southeast. 
 l^ 2. Southwest. 
 
 T-,. ^. r I I- Wind currents — from. 
 
 Direction of <! ,,, ■' , 
 
 2. Water currents — toward. 
 
 Guides to Direction 
 
 1. Sun. 
 
 2. Compass. 
 
 Actual 
 
 1. Measuring. 
 
 2. Judging. 
 
 Distances <^ 
 
 1^ 2. Arbitrary, ScaL 
 
 -Computing. 
 
 Map Reading 
 
 fori 
 
 I. Direction. 
 [ 2. Distance. 
 
 Surface Forms < 
 
 I. Slope. 2. Hill. 
 
 3. Mountain. 
 
 4. Mountain Range. 
 
 5. Mountain System. 
 I. Lands 6. Valley — Basin. 
 
 7. Plain — Plateau. 
 
 8. Island. 
 
 9. Peninsula. 
 . 10. Cape. II. Isthmus. 
 
 V2. 
 
 Water 
 
 1. Lake. 
 
 2. River 
 
 1. Rapids. 
 
 2. Cataract. 
 ^ 3. Crevasse. 
 
 3. River System. 
 
 4. Gulf. 5. Strait. 
 
 Map Reading for — Surface Forms. 
 
 ( I. Shape — proof. 
 
 Circumference. 
 
 2. Size 
 
 [l 
 
 Diameter. 
 
 The Earth J 
 asa Whole 1 
 
 1. Daily — how J 
 3. Motions \ 1 2- Night. 
 
 2. Yearly— //(^w— Seasons. 
 
 __ . , ,1. Eastern. 
 
 14- Hemispheres (^_^^3^^^„_ 
 
 Climate 
 
 I! 
 
 Heat. 
 
 2. Moisture. 
 
 Zones <^ 
 
 {I. Location. 
 2. Vegetation. 
 3. Animals. 
 
 I. North — location. 
 Temperate \ 2. South — location. 
 
 3. Vegetation. 4. Animals. 
 
 {I. ISloTth.— location. 
 2. South — location. 
 3. Vegetation. 4. Animals. 
 
 I. Farming — Conditions of . 
 Occupations <| 2. Mining — Conditions of. 
 
 3. Manufacturing — Conditions of. 
 
 Map Reading for 
 
 1. Direction. 
 
 2. Distance. 
 
 3. Surface Forms. 
 
 ^ 4. Towns and Cities. 
 
THE NEW WORLD— WESTERN HEMISPHERE. 
 
 The lines that run north and 
 south on this map are called 
 
 MERIDIANS. 
 
 The lines that run east and 
 west are called parai,i<ei<s 
 of latitude. 
 
 Questions on 
 THE Map. — i. How 
 many oceans do you find 
 in this hemisphere? Write 
 their names. Which is farthest 
 north? In what zone is it? Which farthest 
 south? In what zone? Which lies in the eastern 
 part of the hemisphere? In the western part? What 
 strait connects the Arctic Ocean with the Pacific? In 
 what direction is the continent of this hemisphere longer 
 — north and south or east and west? On which side of 
 the Equator is the larger part of it? Into what two Grand 
 Divisions is it divided? What isthmus joins them? 
 Which of these Grand Divisions do you think is the 
 warmer? Why? The longest range of mountains in the 
 
 world lies along 
 the western coast of 
 this continent. What is 
 the part of it in North Amer- 
 ica called? In South America? 
 
 2. Write the name of a river in North America that 
 flows north. That flows south. That flows west. In 
 what zone is the mouth of the Mackenzie River? Would 
 you think the river navigable? Why? In how many and 
 what zones is North America? Write the name of a river 
 in South America that flows south. That flows east. 
 
 Abbreviations.— I., Island; Is., Islands; R., River; Pt., Point; Sd.,- 
 Sound; Str., Strait; C, Cape; G., Gulf. 
 
 Pronunciations.— An' des (diz); Bearing; Pan' a ma. 
 
THE OLD WORLD— EASTERN HEMISPHERE. 
 
 Questions on 
 THE Map. — I. Write 
 the names of the oceans 
 you find in this hemisphere. 
 Which of these did you find in 
 the Western Hemisphere? What ocean is 
 wholly in the Eastern Hemisphere? What bay and seas 
 cut into the land from this ocean? Through what strait 
 does the Red Sea cut into the land? What gulf, bay, and 
 seas cut into the land from the Atlantic Ocean? What 
 sea passes in through the Strait of Gib raF(rawl)tar? 
 What seas cut into the land from the Pacific Ocean? 
 
 2. What are the three Grand Divisions of the Eastern 
 Continent? By what water is Europe separated from 
 
 Africa ? What 
 water between Eu- 
 rope and Asia (a'she-a)? 
 Between Africa and Asia? 
 Write the names of four islands 
 between Asia and Australia. 
 
 3. Write the name of a river in Europe that flows north. 
 That flows east. That flows south. Write the same of 
 rivers in Africa. Write the names of three rivers of Asia 
 that flow north. Three that flow east. Two that flow 
 south. 
 
 Pronunciations.— Ben ^aV(gawl); BSb el man^deb; Bdr'ne o; 
 C61/ebes; Ja'va; Su(soo) ma''tra. 
 
32 
 
 RACES AND CONDITIONS OF MEN. 
 
 Questions on Both Hemispheres. — Which Grand 
 Division of the world extends farthest north? Which 
 farthest south? Which is longest from east to west? 
 Which from north to south? Which extends farther 
 south, North America or Asia? Which extends farther 
 north, South America or Africa? Which two Grand 
 Divisions have the smoothest coast line? 
 
 In what direction from North America is South Amer- 
 ica? Europe? Asia? Africa? In what direction from 
 South America is Europe? Asia? Africa? In what 
 direction from Africa is Europe? Asia? 
 
 Reverse each question in the last paragraph. 
 
 WRITTEN EXERCISE. 
 
 Review the first group of questions on the map 
 of the Western Hemisphere; then copy and fill 
 out the following outline with the i?iformation 
 obtabted: 
 
 "I find oceans in the Western Hemi- 
 
 sphere, the - 
 
 is farthest — 
 
 the is farthest 
 
 the is on the - 
 
 the on the — 
 
 the , , . Of these 
 
 and lies in the zone; 
 
 - and Hes in the zone; 
 
 side of the hemisphere and 
 The continent is longest 
 
 from to and the greater part lies 
 
 of the Equator. It is divided into the 
 
 of and , which are joined by 
 
 the . is the warmer of these 
 
 because . The long range of mount- 
 ains along the western coast receives the name of 
 
 mountains in and mountains 
 
 in ." 
 
 In a similar way, write a short composition to 
 tell what you have learned from answers to ques- 
 tions in the second group. 
 
 RACES AND CONDITIONS OF MEN. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 People in different parts of the globe differ in 
 color of skin and in general appearance. Those 
 alike in these respects are said to belong to the 
 same Race. 
 
 There are five races^ of men — the Caucasian 
 (cauca'sian), or white race; the Mongolian (mon- 
 golian), or yellow race; the Malay', or brown 
 race; the Ethiopian, or negro race; the Indian, 
 or copper-colored race. 
 
 The Caucasian is found nearly everywhere, but 
 is most numerous in Europe and America, where 
 it is the ruling race. The Mongolian lives mostly 
 in eastern Asia; the Malay in Australia and the 
 islands of the Pacific and Indian Oceans; the 
 Ethiopian in Africa, and the copper-colored race 
 in America. 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World at Large, p. 74, 1,es. 32, The Ethiopian: p. 
 99, Les. 42, The Indian. 
 
 In different parts of the globe, also, people live 
 in very different ways. These ways of living are 
 sometimes spoken of as Savage, Half Civilized, 
 and Civilized. 
 
 In the Savage condition men do not read or 
 write or live in houses. They have only the 
 rudest huts, and sometimes not even so much as 
 those. The African negroes and the American 
 Indians are of this sort. 
 
 In the Half Civilized state mankind know 
 little of such things as telegraphs, railroads, and 
 steamboats, and have but few books. Many of 
 them lead a wandering life with flocks of sheep 
 and herds of cattle. This state of society pre- 
 vails throughout most of Asia. 
 
 We find among Civilized people well built 
 houses, railroads, steamboats, telegraphs, schools, 
 colleges, and' many books. Civilization prevails 
 in the society of Europe and America and in the 
 
GOVERNMENTS. 
 
 33 
 
 British possessions in Asia, and in other parts of 
 the world where Europeans have settled. 
 
 3. In what part of the world does each chiefly 
 belong? How many of these races make up the 
 population of Cahfomia ? Which are they ? Which 
 have you seen? Describe them. 
 
 4. Name the three different conditions of society. 
 
 5. Describe the Savage condition. What peo- 
 ple are in this condition? 
 
 6. Describe the Half Civilized 
 condition. In what part of the 
 globe is it found ? 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. When are people said 
 to belong to the same race ? 
 
 2. How many races are there and what are 
 their names? 
 
 7. What are the marks of a Civilized state, and 
 where does it exist? 
 
 GOVERNMENTS. 
 
 H 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Most of the Governments of the world are 
 either Republics or Monarchies. 
 
 The place where the chief officers reside and 
 where the laws are made is called the Capital. 
 
 In republics the people choose the men who are 
 
 to govern them. The chief ruler is usually called 
 a President. 
 
 In monarchies the chief ruler is not chosen by 
 the people, but is the son or heir of a former 
 ruler. 
 
 In some monarchies the laws are made by men 
 
34 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 who are chosen by the people, and the monarch 
 simply sees that they are obeyed. 
 
 In other monarchies, whatever the sovereign 
 decrees is law. When this is the case the gov- 
 ernment is called a Despotism. 
 
 When the chief ruler of a monarchy is called 
 a King or Queen, the country is called a King- 
 
 dom; when the chief ruler is called an Emperor 
 the country is called an Empire. 
 
 The greatest progress in knowledge, invention, 
 and comfortable ways of living is made in repub- 
 lics and in monarchies whose people have a large 
 share in the government. 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 QUESTIONS ON THE MAP. 
 
 [Questions in italics to be answered from the open map and not 
 committed to memory.] 
 
 1. Position, Form, and Extent. — In what hemi- 
 sphere is North America? In what part? Start east 
 from the Arctic Ocean, pass around North America atid 
 name all the waters that wash its shores. Name the 
 waters that cut into the land. The peninsulas and capes 
 that project into the water. Is the coast line regular or 
 irregular? What part of North America is widest? For 
 how many miles does an inch on this map stand? Meas- 
 ure the map from Cape Prince of Wales to the Isthmus of 
 Panama. How far is it by your rule? For how many 
 tniles does that stand? Measure the map frojn the north- 
 ern point of Queen Charlotte's Island to St. fohns, New- 
 foundland (new'fund land). How far is it by your rule? 
 For how many miles does that stand? What, then, is the 
 greatest length of North America? What is its greatest 
 width? 
 
 2. Mountains. — In what part of North America do you 
 find mountain ranges ? In what direction does the eastern 
 range run? The western ranges? Which of the western 
 ranges is farthest east? Which two lie nearest the Pacific 
 coast? What range between these and the Rocky 
 Mountains? 
 
 Write a short composition to tell iv hat y on have 
 learned from the answers to questions in the last 
 group. 
 
 3. Si,OPES, Rivers, Lakes. — How can you tell, on the 
 map^ which way the land slopes? 
 
 By following the rivers, we shall find all the land in 
 North America included in four great land slopes: The 
 Arctic Slope; The Atlantic Slope; The Gulf Slope; and 
 The Pacific Slope. Within each of these great slopes we 
 shall also find many smaller ones. 
 
 In which of these great slopes does each of the follow- 
 ing rivers lie: The Mississippi; The Ohio; Missouri; 
 Arkansas (ar'kan saw) ; Red. — Colora'do ; Columbia; 
 Yu'kon. — Mackenzie; Nelson. — St. Lawrence. 
 
 Describe each of the above by the following 
 
 Model: The Mississippi River lies in the Southern, or 
 Gulf, Slope of North America. It rises in the northern 
 part of the United States and flows in a southerly direc- 
 tion to the Gulf of Mexico. Its eastern tributary is the 
 Ohio, and its western tributaries are the Missouri, the 
 Arkansas, and the Red Rivers. 
 
 Is it up hill or down from the eastern mountains to the 
 Mississippi? From the Mississippi to the Rocky Mount- 
 ains? In what direction does the land slope on each side 
 of the Mississippi? Name and locate five large lakes 
 connected with one another. 
 
 4. Zones and Climate. — In how many zones does 
 North America lie? In what zone is the greater part of 
 North America? In what zone is the northern part? 
 The central part? The southern part? What varieties 
 of climate will you, therefore, find in North America? 
 
 5. Countries of North America. — Beginning at the 
 north, name the four principal countries of North Amer- 
 ica. Bound the United States; British America; Mex- 
 ico; Central America. Name the capital of each. The 
 chief city. 
 
 Model: The United States is bounded on the north by 
 British America, on the east by the Atlantic Ocean, on 
 the south by the Gulf of Mexico and Mexico, on the 
 west by the Pacific Ocean; capital, Washington; chief 
 city. New York. 
 
 6. Give the location of the following islands: Green- 
 land; Iceland; Newfoundland; Bermuda Islands; Ba- 
 hama Islands; Cuba; Hay'ti; Porto Ri'co; Jamaica. 
 
 Model: Greenland is an island lying in the Atlantic 
 Ocean northeast of North 'America. Iceland is east of 
 Greenland. 
 
 To what group of islands do the last four named be- 
 long? 
 
 Pronunciation.— Car ib bean. 
 
^TT 
 
 Loiii^itude "West 
 
 ^ -Y^ 
 
 
 Greenwich ,? 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 ,.'--<i)\ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o.^/er 
 
 < 
 
 
 >o 
 
 ^^/i^ 
 
 
 
 ''■.9*><C£R I 'Vl \. 
 
 NOHTH 
 AMERICA ^ 
 
 SCALE, 700 MILES TO ONE INCH.- 
 SCALE OF MILES 
 
 200 400 000 800 
 
 ^ Capital. 
 
 ® Ijirgest Town or City. 
 
 @ Capital and Largest City. 
 
 20,000 Feet 
 16.000 Feet 
 10,000 Feet 
 6,000 Feet 
 
 Jl,D.S«rTOM.Eiig'r.N.T. 
 
36 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 Description of Animals Shown in the 
 Picture. 
 
 For Reading Only: 
 
 The Seal lives mostly in the water, though spending 
 some months of each year on land. The organs by 
 which it moves are neither legs nor fins, but resemble 
 both, and its motions on land are very awkward and 
 laughable. It is found chiefly in the polar regions and 
 never in the tropics. The different kinds vary in length 
 from five to twelve feet, and are large in proportion. 
 Its fur is of the highest value. Seals are very intelli- 
 gent animals with soft, beautiful eyes. Many amusing 
 
 anecdotes are told of their behavior, when tamed. 
 
 The Walrus belongs to the same family as the seal, 
 inhabiting only the polar regions. It is an enormously 
 large animal, being from twelve to fifteen feet in length. 
 Its tusks furnish a good ivory. It is valuable for its skin, 
 teeth, and oil. The Polar, or White, Bear is a pow- 
 erful animal, living on fish and seals, which it captxu-es, 
 but is able to go a long time without food. It is a good 
 swimmer, sometimes crossing a strait forty miles in 
 width. It has been said to bury itself under the snow in 
 winter, remaining during the entire season. This is true, 
 however, only of the female. The male roams at large 
 
 in winter as well as in summer. The Grizzly Bear, 
 
 which inhabits the Rocky and Sierra Nevada mountain 
 region, is more dreaded than any other animal of North 
 America. This bear is about eight feet long, eight feet 
 around the body, and weighs about 800 pounds. Its 
 strength is enormous, it runs swiftly, its claws are 
 sharp, and its anger is terrible. Other wild animals live 
 in such fear of this bear that even a hungry wolf will 
 rapidly leave the locality marked by the print of the 
 
 grizzly's feet. The Rocky Mountain Sheep is about 
 
 three and a half feet high at the shoulders and is found 
 in troops of twenty or thirty inhabiting the region of 
 the most inaccessible rocks, timid, and fleeing from the 
 
 approach of man. The Moose is the largest of the 
 
 deer tribe, is seven feet high, with large, flat, branching 
 horns. It does not reach its full size till about fourteen 
 
 years of age. The Beaver is an animal belonging to 
 
 the tribe o{ gnawers, social in disposition, living in col- 
 onies, and building houses and dams out of trees, brush, 
 and stones, stuck together with mud. It has been 
 thought that the beaver plasters on the mud with its 
 broad tail, as a mason plasters with a trowel, but this is 
 denied by those who have observed the creature's opera- 
 tions. The beaver employs its teeth in felling and cut- 
 ting up the trees used in its structures, which are built 
 in the clear streams of British America and the northern 
 part of the United States. The Virginia Deer is a 
 
 beautiful and active creature whose flesh, called venison 
 (vSn^izn), is much prized for food, and whose skin is 
 used by the Indians for clothing. The horns of the 
 male are large and branching, and grow and fall off" every 
 year. While in the early stages of grov^rth, they are 
 burning hot, owing to the fierce flow of the blood through 
 
 them necessary to build up the bone so rapidly. The 
 
 Antelope is a graceful little animal with slender legs, a 
 split hoof, and short tail, resembling the deer. It is 
 found on the unsettled western prairies. — r-The Bison 
 travels in herds on the treeless plains of the temperate 
 zone, and is fast disappearing. Great numbers have been 
 slaughtered for their hides only, and their bodies left to 
 the wolves and birds. The flesh is of good quality for 
 
 food. The Panther is an animal of the cat tribe, and is 
 
 found almost everywhere in the wild forests of the Tem- 
 perate Zone. It is a fierce and cruel creature, quick of 
 motion, with sharp teeth and claws, and is more than a 
 
 match for almost any dog. The Peccary, found in the 
 
 warm climates of North America, is a kind of wild pig, 
 weighing only fifty or sixty pounds. It has little intelli- 
 gence, a fierce disposition, and no fear. A herd of these 
 animals has been known to put to rout a party of hunters 
 and dogs in the utmost confusion. — <— The Alligator be- 
 longs to the crocodile tribe of reptiles. It is found mostly 
 in the rivers and lakes of the states bordering on the Gulf 
 of Mexico, and is a powerful creature about ten feet in 
 length. The alligator is a hard creature to kill. When 
 pierced by bullets and stuck full of spears it still writhes 
 and struggles, snapping its jaws and lashing its tail with 
 
 great fiury. The Eagle of North America is a bird of 
 
 lofty and fierce bearing, of keen sight, and swift wing— 
 a bird dreaded by all the rest of the feathered tribe that 
 inhabit the same locality. Though, on account of its 
 covurage and strength, it was selected as the emblem of 
 our nation, yet Benjamin Franklin objected to the selec- 
 tion, because it is "a bird of bad moral character and 
 
 does not get its living honestly." The Wild Turkey 
 
 inhabits the forest regions of the central part of the 
 United States, where it is much sought by hunters and 
 valued as food. It bears a close resemblance to the 
 
 domestic turkey. The tame Parrot is well known. In 
 
 its wild state the favorite food of the North American 
 parrot is cockle-burs. It is affectionate in disposition 
 and often manifests its tenderness in a touching manner. 
 
 Reading Hour: Wood's Mammalia, p. 509, The Seal; p. 513, The 
 Walrus; p. 409, The Polar Bear: p. 400, The Grizzly Bear; p. 683, 
 The Rocky Mountain Sheep; p. 688, The Moose; p. 566, The Beaver; 
 p. 701, The Virginia Deer; p. 605, The Antelope; p. 630, The Bison; 
 p. 163, The Panther; p. 751, The Peccary. 
 
 Wood's Reptiles, p. 31, The Alligator. 
 
 Wood's Birds, p. 46, The Eagle; p. 620, The Wild Turkey; p. 526, 
 The Parrot. . 
 
 What wild animals have you seen in your own neigh borhooa ? 
 
 lfe"each pupil take some animal of the picture, learn its habits, 
 and, Friday afternoon, impart his information. 
 
ANIMALS OF NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 37 
 
38 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 DESCRIPTION. 
 
 NATURAL DIVISIONS OF NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 [The Reading Hour: As the study of North America 
 proceeds ask pupils to look in such books of those re- 
 ferred to for supplementary reading as may be at com- 
 mand, or any books, magazines, or newspapers that touch 
 the matter in hand, and find some brief extract suitable 
 to read in class. ] 
 
 I. Atlantic Slope. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 If you have studied the map questions well, you 
 have learned the size of North America by meas- 
 uring the map. You have noticed the chain of 
 mountains on the east and the ranges on the west, 
 and you have followed out the rivers to the sea 
 in four directions — have you not? — east, north, 
 south, and west. 
 
 Now, look again at the map and notice once 
 more the Appala'chian (eastern) range of mount- 
 ains. The country east of these, as you see by 
 the short rivers, slopes rapidly down to the Atlan- 
 tic Ocean, and this slope along the whole eastern 
 side of North America is called the Atlantic Slope, 
 or Atlantic Plain, and is the most thickly settled 
 part of this Grand Division. 
 
 Many fine rivers flow down from the mountains 
 through this plain. The largest cities of North 
 America are built on these rivers and on the bays 
 that cut into the land. Vessels pass up and down 
 their channels, carrying the articles of an exten- 
 sive trade. 
 
 Many smaller streams also run down from the 
 hills of this slope and furnish water power to turn 
 the machinery of factories to make cotton cloth, 
 woolen cloth, shoes, paper, railroad cars, furniture, 
 and almost everything that people use. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 I. I. The land of North America east of the 
 
 Appalachian Mountains is called the Atlantic 
 Slope. The Atlantic Slope is more thickly peopled 
 than any other division of North America. 
 
 2. The largest cities of North America are built 
 on the rivers of this slope and on the bays of the 
 Atlantic coast. 
 
 3. Many small streams furnish water power for 
 mills and factories. 
 
 Note. — In the sections, "For Recitation," a variety 
 of method has been suggested. In some instances a 
 brief statement of the leading points of the text has 
 been made for the pupil to memorize. This has been 
 done, mainly, to show him how to summarize for him- 
 self in answer to questions, and is confined chiefly to the 
 earlier lessons of the book. In other cases questions are 
 asked, and in others, still, the topic, merely, is suggested. 
 The teacher can vary these methods as the ability of the 
 class may suggest. 
 
 II. The Great Central Plain. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Now let us look once more at the map and 
 imagine ourselves to be upon the top of the Appa- 
 lachian Mountains. If we turn toward the west 
 we shall be looking down upon the most important 
 region of this Grand Division. It is called the 
 Great Central Plain of North America, and ex- 
 tends westward from the Appalachian Mountains 
 to the Rocky Mountains, and north and south 
 from the Arctic Ocean to the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 In this Great Central Plain, about half way 
 from the Arctic Ocean to the Gulf, Hes a strip of 
 high land that crosses it from east to west, and 
 which is called the Height of Land. 
 
 This strip divides the Great Central Plain into 
 two parts, so that all the large rivers on the south 
 of the strip, except the St. Lawrence, which breaks 
 out eastward from the Great Plain to the Atlantic 
 Ocean, flow south toward the Gulf of Mexico, 
 and all on the north flow toward the Arctic Ocean. 
 These two parts of the Great Central Plain are 
 
THE GREAT CENTRAL PLAIN. 
 
 39 
 
 two of the four great slopes of North 
 America. Five of the largest and most 
 important lakes in the world lie on the 
 southern side of this Height of Land. 
 They are connected with one another by 
 narrow straits and short rivers, like links, 
 and are, therefore, often called "the 
 chain of Great Lakes." 
 
 Lake Superior is the farthest west, 
 and is the highest of these lakes, which 
 flow down, one into another, until they 
 reach Lake Ontario, whose waters flow 
 through the St. Lawrence River to the 
 sea. The waters of Lake Erie, when 
 flowing through Niag'ara River into 
 Lake Ontario, fall over a great precipice. 
 
 OuTLixE OF North America. 
 
 1 60 feet down, making the famous Falls 
 of Niagara. The roar of the falling 
 water is sometimes heard for fifty miles, 
 and a cloud of vapor rises constantly 
 from the foot of the falls. 
 
 Nearly all of the Great Central Plain 
 
 Progressive Map Drawing. — Four draw- 
 ings of North America by Charles Boehme, a 
 pupil in the fifth year of the schools of Sac- 
 ramento, are given to illustrate a valuable 
 means of impressing the essential facts relat- 
 ing to a country upon the mind of the pupil. 
 These maps are drawn from inspection — no 
 measurements being taken. The series should 
 be carried to a fifth map, adding the leading 
 cities. The child who does it clumsily is 
 helped as much as the more skillful. A simi- 
 lar progressive series should be drawn of all 
 maps given in the book. 
 
40 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 lying south of the Height of Land is in the Gulf 
 Slope, and consists mainly of the Mississippi 
 Valley. 
 
 It is the largest fertile tract of land in North 
 America. If you look at the map and notice its 
 great extent, and what part of the Temperate 
 Zone it is in, and thfe g^eat number of rivers that 
 run through it, you would guess this without 
 being told. 
 
 The part of the Great Central Plain 
 that lies north of the Height of 
 Land is called the Arctic Slope. 
 
 It is well watered, as 
 wiU see by the map, and 
 that part of the slope 
 lying near the Great 
 Lakes is fertile. Far- 
 ther north, however, 
 though the rivers are 
 abundant, but little 
 can be raised, and 
 therefore the inhabit- 
 ants are few. Look at 
 the map and give the 
 reason for this. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. The region of country between the Appa- 
 lachian Mountains and the Rocky Mountains, all 
 the way from the Arctic Ocean to the Gulf of 
 Mexico, is called the Great Central Plain of 
 North America. 
 
 2. The Height of Land is a strip of country, 
 slightly elevated, which crosses the Great Central 
 Plain from east to west, about half way from the 
 Arctic Ocean to the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 3. Most of the country south of this strip slopes 
 toward the Gulf of Mexico, and that on the north 
 toward the Arctic Ocean. 
 
 4. Five of the largest lakes in the world lie on 
 the southern side of this Height of Land. 
 
 5. The waters of these lakes flow eastward 
 through the St. Lawrence River to the ocean. 
 
 6. Nearly all of the Great Central Plain lying 
 south of the Height of Land is in the Gulf Slope. 
 
 7. The Gulf Slope is the largest fertile tract of 
 
 land in North America. 
 
 8. The part of the Great Central 
 Plain lying north of the Height 
 of Land is called the Arctic 
 Slope. 
 
 9. The southern part 
 of the Arctic Slope is 
 fertile, the northern 
 part unproductive. 
 
 III. Plateau Region 
 AND Pacific Slope. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 As we go westward 
 from the Missouri 
 River, across the Great 
 Central Plain, we begin 
 slowly to ascend the 
 eastern side of the 
 Rocky Mountains. The ascent is so gradual that 
 travelers are often surprised to be told that they 
 are on the top of the mountains, when they seem 
 all the time to have been crossing a plain. 
 
 Between the Rocky Mountains and the Si er'ra 
 Neva'da Range, a region of high land, sometimes 
 called the Great Plateau Region, stretches on to 
 the west for nearly 1,000 miles. Here and there 
 in this region some mountain streams ripple 
 through narrow valleys that can ' be cultivated, 
 but the general surface is rugged and rocky, some 
 of its peaks rising nearly three miles above the 
 level of the sea. 
 
PEOPLE, PRODUCTIONS, AND ISLANDS. 
 
 41 
 
 In the Rocky Mountain system are 
 found some of the greatest of those 
 wonderful cuts through mountains, 
 called canons (kan'yon). These canons 
 seem like great chasms, or splits, in the 
 earth, but in reality they are deep chan- 
 nels, worn by streams of water flowing 
 for thousands and thousands of years. 
 
 The most remarkable of these chan- 
 nels is the canon of the Colorado River, ^ 
 whose sides, or walls, rise, in some 
 places, straight up nearly a mile and a 
 half. If you can think of some place a 
 mile and a half away, and then imagine 
 that place to be lifted up overhead, 
 keeping all the time at the same dis- 
 tance, you would get a good notion of 
 the depth of one of these canons. 
 
 This Plateau Region, though rough, 
 is full of interest, and the journey 
 across it brings us at last to the Pacific 
 Slope. Here verdure and beauty spring 
 up again, and rich valleys, bearing 
 nearly all kinds of grains and fruits, 
 spread out before us. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I. Describe the ascent of the Rocky 
 Mountains from the eastern side. 
 
 2. That part of North America lying Ijetween 
 the Rocky Mountains and the Sierra Nevada 
 Range is a highland, called the Great Plateau 
 Region, and is nearly 1,000 miles wide. What 
 about streams and valleys in the Plateau Region ? 
 
 3. Many great canons are found in the Plateau 
 Region. A caiion is a deep channel worn in the 
 earth by a stream of water flowing for thousands 
 of years. 
 
 4. Write a description of the Colorado Canon. 
 
 5. The country west of the Plateau Region is 
 
 1 Reading Hour: King' fi Met /tods and Aids in Geography, pp. 281, 
 282, Caflons of the Colorado. 
 
 OuTLiXE, Mountains, and Drainage. 
 
 called the Pacific Slope, and is a rich and fertile 
 region, producing a great variety of grains and 
 fruits. 
 
 PEOPLE, PRODUCTIONS, ISLANDS. 
 I. Original Inhabitants. 
 For Reading: 
 
 But few of the inhabitants now remain who 
 occupied North America when the whites first 
 came. The Esquimaux^ (es'ke moz) still dwell 
 along the northeastern and northern shores in 
 their round topped huts, and subsist by hunting 
 and fishing. They are clothed with seal skins in 
 winter and reindeer* skins in summer. 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World by the Fireside, p. 27, Esquimaux Houses. 
 Seven Little Sisters, p. 9, The Esquimaux Sister. 
 
 Scribner's Geographical Reader and Primer, pp. 79-82. 
 
 2 Easy Steps for Little Feet, p. 12, The Reindeer. 
 
42 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 ^ M.. 
 
 
 A few of the Red m&n, or Indians,* yet remain 
 in the western part of the Central Plain and in 
 the Rocky Mountain region. When the whites 
 came the Indians occupied all of North America 
 except the southern part and the country of the 
 Esquimaux. Huts of bark, or tents, called 
 wigwams, like those you see in the pict 
 ure, formed their dwellings; and game 
 taken in the hunt, with fish from 
 the rivers, were their food. ItJiiJi 
 
 The Zuni (zti'ni) and the 
 Aztec (az'tec) people formerly 
 occupied the country south of 
 these. A few hundred Zunis 
 (niz) may still be found in Ari- 
 zona and New Mexico, but the 
 Aztecs have 
 disappeared. 
 The pict- 
 ure shows 
 the sort of 
 dwellings 
 they occu- 
 pied. In 
 many pla- 
 ces some 
 portions 
 of the ru- 
 
 l^fc^ 
 
 ms 
 
 stand. 
 
 vet 
 
 f""^ g ^ )Tiriyw^^fyi||U P!il^ ^«y 
 
 ^^w 
 
 i J i 
 
 II. European (eii ro- 
 pe an) SETTI.ERS. 
 
 IVorld by ike Fireside, p. 56, Stories of the Medicine Bag. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 The first settlers in 
 the Dominion of 
 Canada, nearly 300 
 years ago, were 
 from France, and 
 their descendants, 
 who occupy the 
 eastern part of the coun- 
 try, still speak the French 
 language. A little more 
 than 100 years afterward 
 England conquered Cana- 
 da, and Englishmen settled 
 the central and western 
 portion of the territory, 
 where the English lan- 
 guage is now spoken. 
 
 In the United States the 
 inhabitants are mostly of 
 English descent, the English having been 
 most active in the early settlement of the 
 country. People of many nations, however, 
 are now settled in all parts of the country, 
 but the English language is the prevailing 
 speech. 
 In Mexico the Aztec tribes were conquered by 
 the Spaniards more than 300 years ago, and, 
 
PRODUCTS— MINERAL, VEGETABLE. ANLMAL. 
 
 43 
 
 although Mexico has long been an inde- 
 pendent country, the people are mostly 
 descendants of Spaniards, and still speak 
 the Spanish language. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 I. What three classes of people occu- 
 pied North America when the whites 
 came? Tell about 
 
 1. Esquimaux (a) where, (b) dwell- 
 ings, (c) subsistence, (d) clothing. 
 
 2. Indians (a) former territory, (b) 
 present location, (c) dwellings, (d) sub- 
 sistence. 
 
 3. Zunis and Aztecs (a) former loca- 
 tion, (b) what about them now. 
 
 II. I. Canada — Time of settlement; 
 first settlers; conquerors; languages 
 spoken; in what parts. 
 
 2. United States — Descent of most 
 of the people; other settlers; prevailing 
 language. 
 
 3. Mexico — Original tribes; conquer- 
 ors; time of conquest; present inhabitants; Ian 
 guage. 
 
 III. Products — Mineral, Vegetable, An- 
 imal. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Nearly all the products of the globe are found 
 in the Grand Division of North America. 
 
 The mountain regions are rich in Minerals. 
 In the eastern range men have found immense 
 beds of iron ore, and, near by, mines of coal, 
 which is needed to melt the ore. . Here, too, are 
 found the most productive wells of a mineral oil 
 called petro'/etim, though both coal and oil occur 
 
 Outline, Mountaixs, Drainage, Products. 
 
 in various places all the way from the Atlantic to 
 the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 Beds of copper and lead are found near the cen- 
 tral part of the Height of Land. 
 
 In the western ranges have been found great 
 quantities of gold and silver. Quicksilver is 
 needed to separate the gold from the dross, and 
 to provide for this necessity Nature has placed 
 near the gold mines beds of quicksilver, just as, 
 in the eastern range, coal was supplied to separate 
 the iron from the ore. 
 
 Great forests occupy the highlands of a wide 
 belt of country through the central part of North 
 
44 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 America from east to west, and afford abundant 
 supplies of lumber both for building and furnish- 
 ing. The principal varieties are pine,^ fir, red- 
 wood, ash, cherry, oak, chestnut, and maple. 
 
 In the central part of the Gulf Slope are great 
 forests of walnut. Forests of cedar and cypress 
 abound in the low plains and swamps of the At- 
 lantic Slope toward the south, and rosewood and 
 mahogany in the southwest and extreme south. 
 
 The Atlantic Slope, the Central Plain, and the 
 Pacific Slope, in the middle and northern parts, 
 yield the products of a temperate climate — corn, 
 wheat, oats, rye, potatoes,' tobacco,^ apples, 
 peaches, plums, cherries, grapes, though in the far 
 north only the hardiest of these are found. In the 
 south a tropical climate produces cotton, sugar, 
 oranges, pineapples, and ba na'nas. 
 
 The Animals of all zones are found in North 
 America. The fur bearers, such as the seal, white 
 bear, and beaver, are found in the north; those 
 best suited for food, as the bison, deer, elk, and 
 turkey, are found in the central or temperate belt, 
 also the grizzly bear, the Rocky Mountain sheep, 
 the wolf, and the fox; while in the tropical re- 
 gions we see the monkey, the parrot, the alligator, 
 and the pec'cary. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I . Describe any mines that you have seen. 
 Where in North America are the chief supplies of 
 iron and coal? Of petroleum? Of copper and 
 lead? Of gold and silver? Of quicksilver? Name 
 and write three uses of iron. Of coal. Of petro- 
 leum. Two uses of gold. Three of silver. Three 
 of quicksilver. Two of copper. 
 
 iLet each pupil take one of these woods and learn all he can 
 about it— where it grows, its peculiarities, what it is used for, etc. 
 He may get his knowledge from any source and impart it to the 
 class Friday afternoon. 
 
 2 Reading Hour: World by the Fireside, p. 74, Story of the Potato 
 Plant. 
 
 3 World by the Fireside, p. 73, Story of the Tobacco Plant. 
 
 2. Which of the trees named are chiefly used 
 in building? Which to make furniture? Oppo- 
 site the name of each kind of wood write a list of 
 the things you have seen made of it. 
 
 3. Where is walnut chiefly found ? Cedar and 
 cypress ? Rosewood and mahogany ? 
 
 4. Write, in a column, all the products men- 
 tioned of the farm and orchard, and opposite each 
 one write all the articles of food, clothing, medi- 
 cine, or drink, made from that product. 
 
 Model: 
 
 Product. 
 
 Food. 
 
 Clothing. 
 
 Medicine. 
 
 Drink. 
 
 Corn. 
 
 Bread. 
 Mush. 
 Cakes. 
 
 
 
 Whisky. 
 
 5. Animals (a)///r bearers — what, where, (b) 
 food animals — what, where, (c) what other ani- 
 mals, (d) tropical animals. 
 
 IV. Islands of North America. 
 
 Some of the islands of North America belong 
 to European nations, and some have independent 
 governments. 
 
 Greenland' and Iceland belong to Denmark, 
 a country of Europe. Greenland is about one 
 fourth as large as the United States, but nothing 
 can grow more than twenty miles back from the 
 shore. Beyond that all is ice and snoW.^ Most 
 of the people are Esquimaux. Along the western 
 coast, however, are a few European trading posts. 
 
 Iceland,^ though milder in climate than Green- 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Iceland, Greenland, and the Faroe Islands, p. 306, 
 traits of character and food; p. 307, houses; p. 308, dress; pp. 309, 
 310, occupation; p. 312, burial. 
 
 World by the Fireside, p. 27, The Greenlander. 
 
 2 Reading Hour: Scribner's Geographical Reader and Primer, pp. 76, 
 77, 78, Arctic Days. 
 
 3 Reading Hour: Iceland, Greenland, and the Faroe Islands, p. 196, 
 education; p. 197, winter occupation; p. 204, food; p. 206, houses; p. 
 54, geyser; p. 67, day and night. 
 
 World by the Fireside, p. 46, Icelanders' Ways. 
 
ISLANDS— TOPICAL REVIEW. 
 
 45 
 
 land, is yet a cold and barren country. Volcanoes are numer- 
 ous. Springs of boiling water, called Geysers (gi'zer), spout 
 from the earth. Hardy ponies, cattle, and sheep live on the 
 wild grass that grows in the valleys. The people are indus- 
 trious, intelligent, and hospitable in character, though un- 
 cleanly in their habits. 
 
 Newfoundland belongs to Great Britain, though not to the 
 Dominion of Canada, and has an English population, mostly 
 engaged in fishing. 
 
 The most important group of islands is the West Indies, 
 lying between North and South America. In passing to 
 them from Greenland and Iceland we go from the barren- 
 ness of the Frigid Zone to the rich vegetation of the tropics. 
 In these islands we travel through plantations of coffee, cot- 
 ton, sugar, pineapples, oranges, bananas, tobacco, and spices. 
 We see forests of mahogany, rosewood, and palm, and meet 
 an indolent people, made up of Spaniards and their descend- 
 ants, and negroes. Cuba and Porto Rico belong to Spain, 
 Hayti is independent, and Jamaica is under the government 
 of Great Britain. Havana, in Cuba, is the chief seaport. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 IV. I. Greenland — Belongs to what nation; size; extent 
 
 of cultivation; Esquimaux; Europeans, 
 
 2. Iceland — Climate; fertility; volcanoes; gey- 
 sers; domestic animals; people. 
 
 3. What of Newfoundland? 
 
 4. West Indies — Locality as to zone; produc- 
 tions; forests; people. Why are the people indo- 
 lent? 
 
 TopicAiv Review of North America. 
 
 Write, in your own language, all of the geog- 
 raphy of North America that you know, using, 
 as a guide, the following topics: 
 
 Position. 
 Extent. 
 
 Coast Line. 
 Mountains. 
 
 Drainage: 
 
 (Slopes and Rivers.) 
 
 Climate. 
 
 People. 
 
 Productions: 
 
 (Mineral, Vegetable, Ani 
 
 mal.) 
 
 Cities and Towns: 
 
 (Location, for what noted, 
 etc.) 
 
 Note. — This exercise in review gives the pupil an 
 opportunity to tell, in orderly form, what he knows of 
 the subject. One test of this kind in connection with 
 each of the Grand Divisions should be made. A collec- 
 tion of questions to be answered often reveals less of 
 what a pupil knows than of what he does not know. 
 Should the pupil at first need assistance in bringing his 
 faculties to bear upon this kind of work, questions can 
 be asked that will aid him. If what he writes in these 
 reviews is copied in a blank book, he will have, at the 
 end of the course, a very complete little Geography of his 
 own composition. 
 
^MARCt^ 
 
 GRAmI 
 
 
 — f 
 
 i— . Pflc. } 
 
 Pa 
 
 KS 
 
 ^|0 "i- 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 -S___0_ 
 
 
 ^BrrT^ 
 
 -^ 
 
 viiPIERRE 1 
 
 y/A 
 
 K 
 
 Pn t'. 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 ""--^^ 
 
 i^"^"" 
 
 
 (i 
 
 
 R 
 
 1 
 
 A S 
 
 
 
 
 ''«'^*o: 
 
 ^ 
 
 -V GRAIN 
 
 
 V. 
 
 
 
 
 S,"'' 
 

 uoi 
 
 » TeR'' 
 
 fso"' W 
 
 € A \ W^lfJ> \o 
 
 f^ S w 1 C K 
 
 ^ K% ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^•1^-7^^-^-°^^"'*' 
 
 Hu^-"- 
 
 
 
 VJheerif 
 
 <j' 
 
 N ASH vIiLLE:# CORN 
 
 't e n i« e sj^ 
 
 . / TOBACCO ^jf/ _,,„,, , ^ ^ ^ 
 
 . / M^ kif?^ UNITED STATES 
 
 ■ ^ Y \ SCALc, 840 MILEaTO ONE rNCH. 
 
 'if-l=- ' \ , SCALE OF MILES 
 
 Hue 
 
 
 
 iO 100 ISO 200 280 
 4t Capital. 
 
 ^ Capital and Largest City. 
 ® Largest Town or City. 
 
 
 , BLUE RIDGE 
 
 X»'j 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 M I S S T- R I ; II.I 
 
 ^^^^^ *i^ 
 
 » « ' > ^ ^ 
 
 ATLANTIC OCEAN 
 
 B.D.Servo3s, EncX N. V. 
 
48 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Pacific Slope. 
 
 Plateau Region. 
 
 Rocky Mountains. 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 QUESTIONS ON THE MAP. 
 
 [Questions in italics to be answered from the open map, and not to 
 be committed to memory.] 
 
 1. Position, Extent, Naturai, Divisions. — In what 
 part of North America is the United States? Measure 
 the distance from the mouth of the Columbia to the extreme 
 eastern point of Maine? What is the distance on the 
 map? How many tniles is that? Measure the distance 
 from the extreme southern point of Texas to the tiorthern 
 boundary of Dakota. What is the distance on the tnap? 
 How many miles? What, then, is the extent of the 
 United States from east to west, exclusive of Alaska? 
 From north to south? In the same way find the distance 
 from San Francisco to New Orleans; to Chicago; to New 
 York. What is that part of the country that lies east of 
 the Appalachian Mountains called? That lies between 
 the Appalachian and the Rocky Mountains? What is 
 that part of the country called between the Rocky and 
 Sierra Mountains? What is that part of the country 
 called west of the Sierras? 
 
 2. Si^oPES AND Mountains.— How many of the four 
 great slopes of North America are found also in the 
 United States? Which are they? What mountain ranges 
 of North America are found also in the United States? 
 What slope of the United States lies east of the Appa- 
 lachian Mountains? What great divisions of the United 
 States are separated by the Appalachian Mountains? In 
 which of the four great slopes is the larger part of the 
 Great Central Plain of the United States? What mount- 
 ains bound the Gulf Slope on the west? 
 
 3. S1.0PES and Rivers.— What do the rivers that flow 
 into the Atlantic Ocean form? {Ans. The Atlantic River 
 System.'\ Natne seven rivers of this sys ton. Which of 
 these form the boundary lines of states? Describe each. 
 [See Model, page 34.] What slope is drained by the 
 Atlantic River System? What do the Mississippi and its 
 tributaries for m ? {A ns. The Mississippi River System. J 
 Najne three eastern and three western tributaries of the 
 Mississippi. Which of these form the boundaries of 
 
 states? Describe each. What name is given to the region 
 of country drained by the Mississippi River System? 
 \^Ans. The Mississippi Valley. '\ In which of the four 
 great slopes of North America does the Mississippi Val- 
 ley lie? What river forms part of the southwest bound- 
 ary of the United States? Beginning with the Yukon, 
 name five rivers of the Pacific Slope. Describe each. 
 
 4. Lakes. — What chain of lakes in the northern part 
 of the United States? Which of these lie between the 
 United States and Canada? Which one lies wholly 
 within the United States? What river takes the water 
 of these lakes to the ocean? What lake in Utah? For 
 what are most of the lakes of the Great Plateau Region 
 noted? \_Ans. They have no outlet. '\ What becomes of 
 the water that runs into these lakes? 
 
 5. Peninsulas and Islands. — What peninsula pro- 
 jects from Alaska? What natural division of land forms 
 the southeastern part of the United States? Between 
 what two bodies of water is it? What chain of islands 
 southwest of Alaska? Southeast of the United States? 
 
 6. Climate. — In what zone is the United States? 
 Which are the warm states? How do you tell? Which 
 states and territories are coldest? Which states are tieither 
 very hot nor very cold? In which of these three groups 
 is California? 
 
 7. Location of States. — Rule three columns on 
 slates or paper. Write in the first column the names 
 of fourteen states that touch the Atlantic Ocean; in the 
 second, their capitals; in the third, the largest town of 
 each. 
 
 Model: 
 
 State. 
 
 Capital. 
 
 Largest Town. 
 
 Maine. 
 
 Augusta. 
 
 Portland. 
 
 In the same way, write the names of five states that 
 touch the Gulf of Mexico. Eight states touching the 
 
HISTORY. 
 
 49 
 
 Great Central Plain. 
 
 Atlantic Slope. 
 
 Great Lakes. Five states on the west bank of the Mis- 
 sissippi. Five on the east bank. Three on the north 
 bank of the Ohio. Two on the south bank. Six states 
 touched by the Missouri River. Between which of these 
 states does the Missouri form part of the boundary line? 
 Which states does it cross? In which of the four great 
 natural divisions of the United States do the last seven 
 groups of states lie? Write the states and territories 
 crossed by the Rocky Mountains. Three states and ter- 
 ritories that touch the Pacific Ocean. What states are 
 best situated for lake commerce? What for river com- 
 merce? Through what states would you travel in a 
 straight line to reach New York? New Orleans? 
 
 8. Location of Cities. — The following are the chief 
 commercial cities of the Atlantic Slope; name the loca- 
 tion of each: Portland, Boston, New York, Philadelphia, 
 Baltimore, Charleston. 
 
 The following are the chief commercial cities of the 
 Great Central Plain; Minneapolis, St. Paul, St. Louis 
 (saint loo'i). New Or'le ans, Pittsburgh, Cincinnati, Lou- 
 
 isville, O'ma ha, Kansas City, De troit', Chicago, Mil- 
 waukee. Locate and write the names of those situated 
 on the Mississippi; on the Ohio; on the Missouri; on the 
 Great Lakes. 
 
 Locate the following cities of the Pacific Coast: 
 Seattle, Portland, San Francisco, Los An'ge les. 
 
 9. Thought Questions. — Would you think the rivers 
 in the northern part of the Atlantic Slope swift or slow? 
 Why? What would you think about these rivers for 
 water power? Would you think the rivers of the Missis- 
 sippi Valley swift or slow? Why? Would you think the 
 slope of the Mississippi Valley toward the Gulf of Mex- 
 ico steep or gradual? Why? Notice the part of the 
 Temperate Zone in which this valley lies, and the num- 
 ber of rivers in it, and tell whether you think it a fertile 
 or an unproductive country. If fertile, what would you 
 judge the occupation of the people to be? 
 
 Pronunciatioxs.— Aleutian (a lu' she an); Baton Rouge (bSt'un- 
 roozh); Boi'se (boy'ze); Cheyenne (shI en'); Concord (konk'urd); Des 
 Moines (de moin')j Gal'veston; H61e'na; Illinois (il li noi); Mich' 
 i gan; Mon ta'na; Mont pel'ier; Raleigh (raw'ly); San'ta Fe (fa); 
 Tah'le quah; Tucson (tu s6n'); Wy o^ming. 
 
 DESCRIPTION. 
 
 HISTORY.i 
 For Reading: 
 
 You need not be told that the country you are 
 now to study is our own and is a Republic. 
 
 The settlement of our country began on the 
 Atlantic coast. There, nearly 300 years ago, 
 people from different countries, in Europe began 
 to make settlements. 
 
 Spaniards settled in Florida, but their settle- 
 ments did not flourish. 
 
 Englishmen settled along the coast from Vir- 
 ginia northward to Boston, wherever there were 
 good harbors. 
 
 I Reading Hour: Our World Reader^ p. i8i, How America was 
 found. 
 
 The Dutch settled in New York, but the En- 
 glish took it from them. 
 
 Although these settlers had a hard time for 
 many years, with the cold winters and the savage 
 Indians, the settlements grew in number until, in 
 a little more than 150 years, they reached up into 
 the Appalachian Mountains. 
 
 All this time the settlers north of Florida were 
 under the government of Great Britain, but they 
 now joined in a struggle for freedom, and after a 
 long, hard war with England they compelled her 
 to let them go. They then formed for themselves 
 the Government of the United States. 
 
 After this they began to go over the Appala- 
 chian Mountains into the Mississippi Valley. The 
 
50 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 United States bought Florida from Spain, and, 
 from France all of her country west of the Mis- 
 sissippi. Thousands of people from Europe came 
 to settle in the United States. Railroads began 
 to be built to carry them westward, and so the 
 country kept filling with people until, in less than 
 I GO years, they had spread out to the Pacific 
 Ocean, over new "country obtained from Mexico. 
 By and by more will be told about the settlement 
 of California. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. The country of the United States was first 
 settled on the Atlantic Slope nearly 300 years ago. 
 
 2. The Spaniards settled in Florida. 
 
 3. Englishmen settled along the northern part 
 of the coast. 
 
 4. The Dutch were the first settlers of New 
 York. 
 
 5. The settlers north of Florida remained under 
 the government of Great Britain for a little more 
 than 150 years, wHen, after a long war with 
 England, they established a government of their 
 own. 
 
 6. After the new government was established, 
 many thousands of people, from all parts of 
 Europe, came here, and in less than 100 years 
 settlements and railroads had reached through 
 the country to the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 THE ATLANTIC SLOPE. 
 
 I. Natural Features. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Look at the map and you will notice, by the 
 direction of the rivers, that most of the land of 
 the Atlantic states slopes to the southeast. 
 
 You will notice, also, that in the northern part 
 of this division the mountains come nearer to the 
 
 seacoast than in the southern part, making the 
 surface of the country more broken. For this 
 reason the rivers of this part are more rapid than 
 those farther south. 
 
 The coast line of these northerly states is very 
 much broken, making a large number of excellent 
 harbors. 
 
 The coast along the southern half of this great 
 slope, and for man}^ miles inland, is low, sandy, 
 and marshy. There are, therefore, fewer good 
 harbors in the southern than in the northern half. 
 Long, narrow, sandy islands line this part of the 
 coast also, and prevent easy access to its harbors. 
 
 If we ascend the rivers we shall find most of 
 them flowing slowly through a wide, level coun- 
 try with a rich soil. 
 
 In a region extending so far north and south 
 there must be a great variety of climate. Long, 
 cold winters and short, hot summers are found in 
 the north, while there is almost no winter in the 
 south. It is warm there during the whole year. 
 
 When we think of the differences in surface, 
 coast lines, rivers, and climate, we may judge 
 that there are also great differences in products 
 and occupations. And this we shall find is true. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. In what direction does the land of the 
 Atlantic states slope? How do you tell? 
 
 2. Compare the surface of the states north and 
 south. What difference in the character of the 
 rivers ? 
 
 3. Coast line and harbors in the north. 
 
 4. Coast lands and harbors in the south. 
 Islands. 
 
 5. Soil and surface in the south. 
 
 6. Compare the climate north and south. 
 
 7. Differences in surface, coast lines, rivers, 
 and climate make different occupations. 
 
ATLANTIC SLOPE. 
 
 51 
 
 II. Manufacturing — IvUmbering — Fishing 
 — Quarrying — Mining, in the North. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Wherever mountains are near the coast the 
 rivers that rise in them are short and rapid. Such 
 rivers furnish water power to drive machinery, 
 hence manufacturing is usually one of the princi- 
 pal occupations of the people. Nearly all the 
 rivers in the northern part of this slope are of 
 this kind, especially those in the six states east 
 of New York, which are sometimes called the 
 New Eng-land States. 
 
 are employed in the great pine woods of Maine 
 and New Hampshire, and along the Appalachian 
 Mountains, in getting out lumber. 
 
 Thousands more are catching cod, mackerel, 
 and herring off the coast of Maine and Massachu- 
 setts. The fisheries off these coasts yield many 
 thousand tons a year. 
 
 The marble and granite quarries of Vermont 
 and New Hampshire also give employment for 
 many people. 
 
 The vast mines of coal and iron in the eastern 
 sideof the Alleghan}^ Mountains, in Pennsylvania, 
 
 'The City of Spindles.' 
 
 ■ One river in New Hampshire and Massachu- 
 setts — the Merrimac — is said to move more spin- 
 dles than any other river in the world. Lowell, 
 the largest city situated on this river, is some- 
 times called "The City of Spindles." 
 
 Some of the most important articles manufact- 
 ured in the states north of the Ches'a peake Bay 
 are cotton, linen, and woolen goods, boots and 
 shoes, firearms, locomotives, steamers, farming 
 tools, silverware, watches, jewelry, clocks, fur- 
 niture, pianos, all kinds of hardware, sewing 
 machines, and paper. 
 
 While so large a number of the people of this 
 Tegion are engaged in manufacturing, thousands 
 
 keep a large population busy, and yield nearly all 
 the hard coal (anthracite) and almost half the iron 
 used in the country. Here, too, is found nearly 
 all the petroleum, or coal oil, of commerce, and 
 natural gas wells are frequent. Zinc is found in 
 New Jersey. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. The rivers in the northern part of the 
 Atlantic Slope, and especially in New England, 
 are short and rapid, and furnish water power for 
 extensive manufacturing. Name the New En- 
 gland States. 
 
52 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 2. The Merrimac River, in New England, fur- 
 nishes more water power than any other river in 
 the world. How can a river be said to move 
 
 spindles ? 
 
 Gloucester— A Fishing Port of Massachusetts 
 
 Copy the following and fill the blanks: 
 
 The largest city on the River is , and 
 
 it is sometimes called ' ' . " 
 
 3. Copy the list of manufactured articles and 
 commit it to memory. 
 
 4. Lumber — where produced. 
 
 5. Cod, mackerel, and herring fisheries off the 
 coast of Maine and Massachusetts are important. 
 
 6. Marble and granite quarries are extensive 
 in Vermont and New Hampshire. 
 
 7. Large quantities of coal, iron, and petroleum 
 are found in Pennsylvania, on the eastern side of 
 the mountains. Zinc is found in New Jersey. 
 
 III. Farming and Commerce in the North. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 We have found so many people engaged in the 
 factories, forests, fisheries, quarries, and mines of 
 the northern states of the Atlantic Slope that you 
 
 will, perhaps,^ be surprised to learn that more 
 people are engaged in farming than in any of the 
 other employments — New England being espe- 
 cially famous for sheep and cattle; New York for 
 rf,,^ butter, cheese, and horses; 
 
 New Jersey and Delaware for 
 garden vegetables, berries, and 
 orchard fruits; and Pennsylva- 
 nia for the varied farm products 
 of its rich valleys. 
 
 What becomes of all that is 
 made in the factories, all the 
 fish caught from the sea, all the 
 marble and granite cut from the quarries, 
 all the anthracite and iron dug from the 
 mines, all the coal oil taken from the oil 
 wells? Are they all used by the people 
 of these states north of the Chesapeake Bay.? 
 No. 'Very great quantities of all these things, 
 and some things produced on the farms, are sold 
 to foreign countries and to other states of our 
 own country. 
 
 In exchange the people receive articles which 
 they need, and which they do not make or raise, 
 such as tea, coffee, sugar, molasses, spices, fruits, 
 silks, wool, leather, tin, india rubber, and medi- 
 cines. This work of exchange gives another 
 occupation for a large number of the people — the 
 occupation of commerce. 
 
 We may now begin to appreciate the fine har- 
 bors along the northeastern coast of the United 
 States, which furnish a safe place for thousands 
 of ships to lie at anchor while loading goods for 
 export and unloading goods which they have 
 brought from other countries. 
 
 The largest and most important cities of the 
 country — Boston, New York, Brooklyn, and Phil- 
 adelphia — are built around these harbors. The 
 Delaware River makes a harbor for the city of 
 
 Reading Hour: Fox Hunting, p. iii, Red Fox. 
 
ATLANTIC SLOPE. 
 
 53 
 
 New York Shipping. 
 
 Philadelphia. New York is the largest city in 
 the United States, and is the great center of trade 
 with foreign countries and between the states of 
 our own country. 
 
 Its trade with the states of our own country is 
 carried on by means of canals, rivers, the Great 
 Lakes, and almost countless railroads that extend 
 over the Appalachian Mountains and run in all 
 directions through the Great Central Plain and 
 across the Plateau Region to the Pacific Slope. 
 
 You will find it well to remember that the 
 largest cities of the world, and the most thickly 
 settled countries, are found wherever there are the 
 hest advantages for commerce and manufactures. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I. Name the farm products for which New 
 England is chiefly noted. New York. Delaware 
 and New Jersey. Pennsylvania. 
 
 2. Exports from states north of the Chesapeake 
 Eay. 3. Imports. 
 
 4. The harbors along the coast 
 of this section give it great ad- 
 vantages for commerce, which 
 is one of the chief occupations 
 of the people. 
 
 5. The great cities of the 
 country are built around these 
 harbors. New York is the 
 largest city in the United States 
 and is the most important com- 
 mercial city. 
 
 6. How is the commerce be- 
 tween New York and the inte- 
 rior states carried on ? 
 
 7. Where are the largest cities 
 and the greatest population of a country found ? 
 
 Elevated Railway, New York. 
 
 IV. Occupations and Productions in thk 
 
 South. 
 For Reading: 
 
 South of the Chesapeake Bay, on the east side 
 of the Appalachian Mountains, some mines of 
 coal and iron are found, but the surface of the 
 
54 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 country, the soil, and the climate, nearer to the 
 coast, are so different from those of the states 
 further north that the people follow very different 
 occupations. Most of the country is laid out in 
 large plantations, where tobacco, com, rice, and 
 cotton are raised. Manufactures are, however, 
 rapidly increasing. 
 
 A great number of negroes live in these states 
 and work on the plantations. They were once 
 slaves, but are now free. 
 
 The plantations of Virginia and Maryland are 
 very extensive, producing great crops of com and 
 tobacco. The most extensive oyster beds in the 
 country are found in the Chesapeake Bay, oflf the 
 coast of these two states. 
 
 Rice, though yielding large crops on the up- 
 land, is best grown on land that Hes a part of the 
 time under water. The low, swampy coast of 
 South Carolina and Georgia, which is overflowed 
 by the tide, is therefore well adapted to the culti- 
 vation of rice, making these two the great rice 
 states of the country. Cotton is, however, the 
 most important crop. The best quality, called 
 sea island cotton, is raised on the low islands near 
 the coast. 
 
 All along the seacoast, from Virginia to Flor- 
 
 ida, but especially in North Carolina, are immense 
 forests of pitch pine trees, from which are obtained 
 turpentine, tar, pitch, and resin. These are called 
 naval stores, because so much used in and about 
 ships. Turpentine is the sap of the tree; resin 
 is made from turpentine, and pitch is made by 
 boiling down the tar, which has been obtained by 
 burning the gummy pine trees 
 in a close fire. 
 
 Other kinds of valuable trees 
 grow in these southern forests, 
 such as cedar, cypress, and 
 juniper, from which shingles 
 and staves are made; and Hve 
 oak and white oak, much used 
 in building ships. The wood 
 of the red cedar trees of the 
 Florida swamps is the best 
 wood known for making lead 
 pencils. 
 
 Florida is chiefly noted for its 
 orange groves and as a resort for invalids on 
 account of its favorable climate. Sponge fishing 
 and the manufacture of cigars is carried on at 
 Key West, the most southerly town of the United 
 States, situated on one of the little islands lying 
 to the southwest of the mainland of Florida. 
 
 From what has been said of the products of this 
 section you will readily see that the exports must 
 be tobacco, oysters, rice, cotton, pitch, tar, tur- 
 pentine, and oranges. 
 
 The chief imports are those of the northern sec- 
 tion, except cotton, wool, and leather. Manufact- 
 ured goods of all kinds are also largely imported. 
 The chief cities are Baltimore, Washington, 
 Charleston, and Atlanta. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 IV. I . Mines of coal and iron are found in the 
 western mountains of the states south of the 
 
THE GREAT CENTRAL PLAIN. 
 
 55 
 
 Chesapeake Bay. The low country raises tobacco, 
 com, rice, and cotton. 
 
 2. Negroes do most of the work on the planta- 
 tions. 
 
 3. Com and tobacco are the chief crops of Vir- 
 ginia and Maryland. Oyster fishing is important 
 in Chesapeake Bay. 
 
 4. Rice and cotton are leading productions in 
 South Carolina and Georgia. 
 
 5. Immense forests of pitch pine trees in North 
 Carolina yield large supplies of turpentine, pitch, 
 tar, and resin. 
 
 What is turpentine? Resin? Pitch? Tar? What are 
 they sometimes called? 
 
 6. Name four things that distinguish Florida. 
 
 7. Name the exports of the southern states of 
 the Atlantic Slope. 
 
 8. Why should these states import manufact- 
 ured goods ? Why should they not import cotton? 
 Wool? Leather? 
 
 9. Name the leading cities of these states. 
 
 THE GREAT CENTRAL PLAIN. 
 
 I . Position — Extent — Surface — Soil — 
 Climate. 
 
 You have already learned that the Great Cen- 
 tral Plain which we are now to study lies between 
 the Appalachian Mountains on the east and the 
 Rocky Mountains on the west, and that it extends 
 north and south between the Dominion of Can- 
 ada and the Gulf of Mexico. From the crest of 
 one of these mountain ranges to the crest of the 
 other this plain takes up more than half the coun- 
 try occupied by the whole United States except 
 Alaska. 
 
 You must not think, because it is called a plain, 
 that this great region is all one level stretch of 
 country. While it has mostly a level surface, you 
 
 will see that its eastern side, where it rises up into 
 the Appalachian Mountains, must be mountainous, 
 and so must be the western side where it runs up 
 the sides of the still higher Rocky Mountains. 
 Besides this, a line of low, scattered mountains 
 runs east and west through the southern part of 
 the plain, along the northern border of Alabama, 
 Mississippi, Arkansas, and into the state of Mis- 
 souri. 
 
 Because nearly all the country of this plain 
 inclines toward the Gulf of Mexico, it is some- 
 times called the Gulf Slope. It is also frequently 
 spoken of as the Mississippi Valley, because it is 
 made up of slopes, nearly all of which incline 
 toward the Mississippi River and its tributaries. 
 
 Nearly all the level country north of the south- 
 em line of Kansas, Missouri, and Kentucky is 
 prairie, that is, country with a grassy turf and 
 without trees. 
 
 The soil throughout nearly the entire extent of 
 the Mississippi Valley and the states lying on the 
 Gulf of Mexico is the richest in the United States. 
 The climate, like that of the Atlantic Slope, is 
 warm and winterless in the south, with ver>' heavy 
 rainfalls, growing colder toward the north as we 
 approach the Canadian line. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. Bound the Great Central Plain. How 
 does it compare in size with the rest of the United 
 States except Alaska ? 
 
 2. This region is mostly level, but is mount- 
 ainous on the east and west borders. Low mount- 
 ains cross the southern part. 
 
 3. What other names are sometimes given to 
 the Great Central Plain? Why is it sometimes 
 called the Gulf Slope? Why, sometimes, the 
 Mississippi Valley? 
 
 4. What is a prairie? What part of this Great 
 Plain is prairie? 
 
56 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 5. What can you say of the soil of the Great Central Plain ? 
 The climate ? 
 
 II. Productions. 
 For Reading: 
 
 In looking at the productions of the Great Cen- 
 tral Plain, let us begin with those that were there 
 before white men came. We shall find rich mines 
 of coal and iron all along the western side of the 
 Alleghany Mountains, especially in western Penn- 
 sylvania, for we must not forget that a part of 
 Pennsylvania is in the Central Plain. We shall 
 find the great coal beds extending over a large 
 part of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois; 
 and coal and iron in large quantities in Missouri. 
 
 Copper is found along the southern coast of 
 Lake Superior. 
 
 Large quantities of lead are found in a consid- 
 erable region of country where Illinois, Wiscon- 
 sin, and Iowa come together; also in Missouri, 
 southern Kansas, and the Rocky Mountains. 
 The richest mines of lead are in the mountains 
 of southern Colorado. 
 
 Salt is found in many places. 
 
 The eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains con- 
 tain rich mines of gold and silver. 
 
 Besides the minerals that abound, there are, 
 along the sides of the eastern mountain ranges, 
 and for scores of miles among the hills that extend 
 from the mountains into the low land, and on 
 much of the low land itself, fine forests of chest- 
 nut, cherry, and walnut trees, so greatly prized 
 for the manufacture of household furniture. 
 
 Away to the north, in Michigan, Wisconsin, 
 and Minnesota, extensive forests of pine supply 
 lumber for dwellings, stores, warehouses, and 
 factories. 
 
 In the western part of this plain, wherever the 
 prairies have not been plowed for cultivation, a 
 tall and nutritious wild grass grows, furnishing 
 pasture for thousands of cattle and horses in the 
 summer and hay for them in the winter months. 
 
 But the chief source of the wealth of this region 
 is found in the crops raised by tilling the soil. It 
 is easy to make farms, because so many thou- 
 sands of miles are prairie land, and all ready for 
 
THE GREAT CENTRAL PLAIN. 
 
 57 
 
 place to cotton fields and sugar 
 plantations, the chief source of 
 the wealth of this section. 
 
 Texas, the most southern 
 and the largest state in the 
 Union, is most noted for its 
 immense herds of cattle. 
 
 the plow. Corn is the principal grain and yields 
 
 large crops all the way from north to south. It 
 
 is also the chief grain used to 
 
 fatten cattle and hogs, which, 
 
 with horses and mules, are 
 
 raised in great numbers in all 
 
 parts of this plain. Kentucky is 
 
 the most famous state in the 
 
 Union for its fine breeds of horses. 
 
 North of the line of the Ohio 
 River great crops of wheat are 
 raised, Dakota and Minnesota 
 being the most important wheat- 
 growing states. 
 
 This northern section is also 
 rich in all the orchard fruits of the Temperate 
 Zone — apples, peaches, cherries, plums, and pears 
 — as well as in the common grains, hay, and veg- 
 etables, such as oats, rye, barley, potatoes, beets, 
 turnips, etc. 
 
 Sheep and wool, also, add much to the wealth 
 of this section. 
 
 As we go south, into the warmer and moister 
 climate, we shall find, in the states that border 
 on the gulf, the wheat fields and orchards giving 
 
 ■For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. Rich mines of iron, 
 coal, copper, lead, and silver 
 are found in different parts of 
 the Great Central Plain. Look 
 at the map and tell where each is 
 found. Write three uses of lead. 
 2. Cherry, chestnut, and walnut trees are found 
 in the eastern part of this plain, and pine forests 
 
 Cotton Field. 
 
 in the north. Which for furniture ? Which for 
 building ? 
 
 3. A rich wild grass grows in the prairies that 
 have not been plowed. 
 
 4. Corn is the principal grain, and yields well 
 everywhere from north to south. What is its 
 chief use.^ 
 
 5. Cattle, hogs, horses, and mules are raised in 
 
58 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 great numbers in all parts of the Great Central 
 Plain. Kentucky is especially famous for its 
 horses, 
 
 6. North of the line of the Ohio River large 
 crops of wheat and other common grains, orchard 
 fruits, and vegetables are raised. Dakota and 
 Minnesota are the great wheat-growing states. 
 Sheep and wool are sources of large wealth. 
 
 7. In the states on the gulf, ^cotton and sugar 
 are the chief productions. Texas has immense 
 herds of cattle. 
 
 III. Occupations — Cities. 
 For Reading: 
 
 When we know the productions of a country 
 we can tell the occupations of the people, can we 
 not? What, then, would you say the people of 
 this Great Central Plain are doing ? If you have 
 read attentively what has been told of its produc- 
 tions your answer will be: Mining for coal, iron, 
 copper, lead, gold, and silver; timber cutting for 
 lumber to make furniture, and other lumber to 
 build houses; hay cutting on the prairies and the 
 meadows; grain farming; raising stock; raising 
 fruit; and growing cotton and sugar. 
 
 What is done with all this vast production? 
 The iron is made into locomotives, steam engines, 
 farming tools, and countless other things; the 
 lumber is worked into furniture and buildings; 
 the cattle and hogs are made into beef and pork; 
 the milk into butter and cheese; the wheat into 
 flour; the cotton and wool into cloth — and this 
 gives for thousands of people a new business, the 
 business of manufacturing. 
 
 Can the people who live in this region use so 
 much? And if not, what will they do with 
 their surplus ? And do they need nothing except 
 what they raise and manufacture? If they do, 
 how are they to get it? When we think of 
 
 these questions we shall find a great call for men 
 to engage in trade, or commerce. Is commerce 
 easy in this country ? Look on the map and see. 
 See that chain of great lakes at the north which 
 ships and steamers may traverse through the St. 
 Lawrence River and the canals to the Atlantic 
 Ocean. 
 
 See the long Mississippi River, large enough 
 for the passage of steamers from the gulf almost 
 to Canada; and the Missouri River, that can take 
 them into the northwest; and the Ohio, the Ar- 
 kansas, and the Red Rivers, each furnishing a 
 channel for multitudes of these craft of commerce. 
 
 As the country has a level surface, railroads are 
 easily built, and you will find them everj' where 
 throughout this region, where there is produce to 
 be taken to market. 
 
 You will remember that great cities are built 
 up by commerce and manufactures, and, therefore, 
 when studying the map, you found in this rich 
 country, on the Mississippi, the Ohio, and the 
 Missouri Rivers, and on the Great Lakes, some 
 of the largest and most prosperous cities of the 
 United States. 
 
 Chicago is the largest grain and pork market 
 in the world. Cincinnati and St. Louis are noted 
 for their great wealth, manufactures, and com- 
 merce. St. Paul and Minneapolis are extensive 
 milling and flouring cities. Kansas City is dis- 
 tinguished for its beef packing, and Denver is the 
 commercial center of the gold and silver region. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I. Make a list of the chief occupations of 
 the people of the Great Central Plain. 
 
 2 . The chief manufactures are locomotives, farm 
 machinery, hardware, furniture, beef and pork, 
 butter and cheese, flour, and woolen goods. 
 
 3. The Great Lakes, long, navigable rivers, and 
 
THE GREAT PLATEAU REGION. 
 
 59 
 
 numerous railroads make the Central Plain an 
 important commercial region. Grain, flour, beef, 
 pork, cattle, horses, butter and cheese, and woolen 
 goods are the chief exports. 
 
 4. Name the cities of this region mentioned in 
 the map questions and tell where they are located. 
 For what is Chicago distinguished? Cincinnati 
 and St. lyouis ? St. Paul and Minneapolis ? Kan- 
 sas City? Denver? 
 
 THE GREAT PLATEAU REGION. 
 For Reading: 
 
 The region that we are now to study is that 
 lying between the Rocky and Sierra Nevada 
 Mountains. The country, which is wild and 
 mountainous, is celebrated for its fine scenerj'^, 
 and abounds in great table lands, ^ or plateaus. 
 
 In Colorado there are four famous elevated nat- 
 ural parks, surrounded by high mountains which 
 have not less than 200 peaks reaching a height 
 of two and a half miles. Some of these parks 
 are as large as the state of New Jersey. 
 
 Near the center of this division lies a great 
 basin whose rivers either sink into the soil or flow 
 into lakes that have no outlet. Of these rivers 
 the Humboldt, in Nevada, is the most important, 
 and of the lakes. Great Salt Lake, in Utah, is the 
 largest. Salt Lake City, with streams of pure 
 mountain water running constantly along the 
 sides of its wide, clean streets, stands near this 
 lake. 
 
 But while the country" is generally mountainous, 
 it must be remembered that there are some very 
 prett3' and fertile valleys and some broad and pro- 
 ductive plains. Much of Utah and eastern Idaho 
 ofiers ver>' good farming land, and is quite well 
 cultivated. This land is usually supplied with 
 moisture by carrying water upon it through ditches 
 cut from streams that flow through the country. 
 
 1 Reading Hour« Scribner's Geographical Reader, pp. 66-70, On the 
 Table I,and. 
 
 Templh and Taberxacle, S\lt I,^k 
 
 In eastern Washington are wide stretches of 
 plain, upon which large crops of wheat are annu- 
 ally raised. Much of the country is also well 
 adapted to grazing, and cattle raising is an im- 
 portant industry. 
 
 The great wealth of the Plateau Region, how- 
 ever, is in its mines of gold and silver, the richest 
 and most extensive in the world. The richest sil- 
 ver mines ever known have been found at Virginia 
 City, Nevada. A little boy called this region the 
 "Natural National Bank of the United States." 
 
 'For Recitation: 
 
 1 . What is the country between the Rocky and 
 Sierra Nevada Mountains called? What is a 
 plateau ? 
 
 2. Four great natural parks are found in the 
 plateau region of Colorado. 
 
 3. Near the center of the Great Plateau Region 
 lies a basin whose rivers sink into the ground or 
 flow into lakes that have no outlet. 
 
 4. Small strips of fertile land are found in this 
 region. Where? There is also much good graz- 
 ing country. To what industry does it give rise? 
 
 5. In what does the chief wealth of this coun- 
 
6o 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 try consist ? What of the mines at Virginia City ? 
 What did a httle boy call the Plateau Region ? 
 
 THE PACIFIC SLOPE. 
 
 I. Position — Surface — Climate — Coast 
 Line — Seaports. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 The states of this division are Oregon, Wash- 
 ington, and California. A part of each of these 
 states lies in the great interior region that we have 
 just studied, but the richest and most populous 
 portions are found west of the Sierra Nevada 
 Mountains. 
 
 Three celebrated farming valleys lie in this 
 division; the valley of Pii'get Sound, at the ex- 
 treme north in Washington ; further south, in 
 Oregon, the fertile valley of the Will Sm'ette; and 
 still further south the California Basin, or the val- 
 ley of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers. 
 
 The climate of these states does not vary so 
 much from north to south as that of the Atlantic 
 states. From west to east, however, there is con- 
 siderable variation in moisture, much more rain 
 falling near the coast than farther inland, and 
 especially east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. 
 
 The coast line of these states does not give 
 many good harbors. San Francisco Bay, on 
 whose shores the great city of San Francisco 
 stands, is the best of these, and one of the best 
 in the world. Puget Sound also affords good 
 harborage, Tacoma and Seattle being the princi- 
 pal ports; and a fine harbor is found in San Diego 
 Bay. The Columbia River carries ocean steamers 
 about I GO miles into the state of Oregon. These 
 steamers find harbor at the city of Portland, on the 
 Willamette River, twelve miles from its mouth. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 I. I. What states are found in the Pacific 
 Slope? In what other division do they partly lie ? 
 
 In which division are the richest and most pop- 
 ulous portions of these states ? 
 
 2. Name the three great farming valleys of this 
 division. Tell where each lies. 
 
 3. The climate varies less from north to south 
 than in the states of the Atlantic Slope. More 
 rain falls near the coast than farther inland. 
 
 4. What of the coast line? Name the three 
 harbors on the coast and their ports. Where is 
 Portland harbor? How far from the seacoast? 
 
 II. Productions — Manufactures — Com- 
 merce. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 The mineral wealth of this region is very great. 
 The mountains of eastern and southern California 
 yield millions of dollars in gold and silver every 
 year, while the coal mines along the shores of 
 Puget Sound supply the cities and manufactories 
 of the Pacific states with fuel. 
 
 The forests of western Washington, bordering 
 on Puget Sound, are the most valuable in the 
 United States, furnishing timber for masts and 
 spars of ships. Very valuable forests of fir and 
 pine are also found in Oregon, and of redwood 
 and pine in California. 
 
 In farm products Oregon and Washington are 
 chiefly distinguished for the large quantity and 
 excellent quality of wheat raised, though the com- 
 mon orchard fruits yield well and are of fine qual- 
 ity. Oregon apples are much sought in California 
 markets. 
 
 California is by far the richest of the states of 
 this division in the products of the soil. It is 
 famous throughout this country and Europe for 
 its wheat, orchard fruits, grapes, oranges, limes, 
 and olives. 
 
 Cattle and sheep raising are important indus- 
 tries in California and Oregon, the wool crop 
 
PACIFIC SLOPE— ALASKA. 
 
 6i 
 
 especially giving these states great prominence. 
 Oregon is famous also for its salmon fisheries. 
 More salmon are caught in the Columbia River 
 than anywhere else in the world. 
 
 In California much attention is given to manu- 
 factures, especially to the manufacture of wines, 
 raisins, flour, woolen cloth, canned and dried 
 fruits, and refined sugars. 
 
 The exports of this region will be seen from its 
 productions. From the ports of the north the 
 exports are wool, ship timber, and canned goods — 
 chiefly salmon ; from San Francisco go wheat, 
 flour, wines, lumber, woolen goods, fresh, dried, 
 and canned fruits. 
 
 The imports through San Francisco from China, 
 Japan, and Europe are very great. Only three 
 cities in the United States have a larger foreign 
 commerce. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. Mines — Gold and silver, coal. 
 
 2. Forests — Where? What? 
 
 3. Washington and Oregon — Farm products. 
 
 4. California — Farm products. 
 
 5. Cattle and sheep. Wool. Fisheries. 
 
 6. Name the manufactures of California. 
 
 7. Name the exports from the northern ports 
 of this division. From the southern. 
 
 8. How does San Francisco rank as a commer- 
 cial city ? 
 
 ALASKA. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Though Alaska is neither a state nor a terri- 
 tory, we must not forget that it is now the prop- 
 erty of the United States. It formerly belonged 
 to Russia, and is about one sixth the size of the 
 United States. 
 
 One third of Alaska is in the Frigid Zone. The 
 part that lies in the Arctic Slope consists of frozen 
 
 ^^^^^^^^^rf 
 
 ^^^^^^.^ ^H 
 
 ^=^^*iSs5s^Jfc^ 
 
 
 t ~~ ^^^^S^^^^^H^^Bh^^^^^Et^^^^^^^^ 
 
 An Alaskan Grave. 
 
 swamps ; that part bordering on the Pacific Ocean 
 has a mild and moist climate. The Yukon River, 
 in Alaska, is one of the longest in the United 
 States, and its sides are covered with evergreen 
 forests. 
 
 The chief seal fisheries of the world are on the 
 islands of Alaska. The seals are killed by club- 
 bing them on the head. The skins taken are 
 from the young males onl}'. The fur of the seal 
 is of a dark gray color, and is dyed before being 
 made into clothing. There are but few white 
 people in Alaska. Most of the inhabitants are 
 Indians. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1 . Alaska formerly belonged to Russia, and is 
 about one sixth as large as the United States. 
 
 2. The climate along the Pacific Ocean is mild 
 and moist. The Yukon River is one of the longest 
 in the United States. 
 
62 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 3. Seal fishing is the chief occupation of the 
 people of Alaska, who are mostly Indians. 
 
 REVIEW QUESTIONS. 
 
 North America. 
 
 1. Name the four Natural Divisions of North America. 
 Give the location of each, beginning with the eastern 
 division. Into what two slopes is the Great Central 
 Plain divided? By what is it divided? Where is the 
 ■chain of Great Lakes located? 
 
 2. Who inhabited North America before the European 
 .■settlers? Give the location of each class of the original 
 inhabitants. How long ago were the first European set- 
 tlements made? Where, in North America, is the French 
 language chiefly spoken? Where does the English lan- 
 guage prevail? The Spanish? 
 
 3. In what part of North America are iron and coal 
 chiefly found? What is the advantage of their being 
 found near together? Where shall we find copper and 
 lead? Where are the gold and silver and quicksilver 
 mines? What is the advantage in finding gold and 
 <juicksilver near together? 
 
 4. Name the largest three islands off the northeastern j 
 •coast of North America. Where are the West India 
 Islands? Name the four most important of these islands. 
 
 United States. 
 I. What are the four Natural Divisions of the United 
 ^States ? What difierence in the occupations of the people 
 north and south in the Atlantic Slope? Why should this 
 -difference exist? What difference in occupations north 
 .and south in the Great Central Plain? Why? What 
 makes commerce easy in this Plain? In which part of 
 Ihe Plain are the commercial facilities greatest? 
 
 2. Name two things that chiefly distinguish the Great 
 Plateau Region. 
 
 3. Name the three largest farming valleys of the Pacific 
 Slope? Where is each located? Name the best three 
 harbors on the Pacific Coast. Where are gold and silver 
 chiefly found? Coal? Salmon? What are the chief 
 exports of this region? 
 
 Thought Questions. — Why should Minneapolis, 
 rather than New Orleans, be distinguished for the num- 
 ber of its flouring mills? Why Chicago rather than 
 Boston for its pork and beef packing? Why Kansas 
 City rather than Denver? Why should San Francisco 
 rather than Chicago or St. Louis have a United States 
 mint? 
 
 Topical Review of the United States. 
 
 Write, in your own language, all of the geog- 
 raphy of the United States that you know, using, 
 as guides, the following topics: 
 
 Position. 
 Extent. 
 
 Mountain Systems. 
 
 Drainage. 
 
 (Slopes, Lakes, and 
 Rivers.) 
 
 Climate. 
 
 People. 
 Products. 
 
 (Mineral, Vegetable, and 
 Animal.) 
 
 Occupations. 
 
 (Farming, Manufacturing, 
 Mining, Commerce.) 
 
 States. 
 
 Cities and Towns. 
 
 (Location, for what noted, 
 etc.) 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 •Questions on the Picture of California. 
 
 I. The Great Valley of Northern California. 
 Name the great valley of Northern California. In what 
 direction is it longest? What mountains bound it on the 
 east? What on the west? What great mountain stands 
 ^\. its northern extremity? What mountain pass opens 
 
 from it into Southern California? Name the two chief 
 rivers that flow through this valley. Describe them. 
 Describe the Pitt River. The American River. The 
 Merced River. Beginning at the north, name the towns 
 marked on the picture in the Sacramento and San Joa- 
 quin Valley. 
 2. Smaller Valleys. — Name the three smaller val- 
 
CALIFORNIA. 
 
 63 
 
 
 ^41 
 
 
 ^^ast\.vt 
 
 
 San Franciscoi 
 
 Monterey, 
 
 leys in the Coast 
 Range Mountains 
 north of San Fran- 
 cisco Bay. In what 
 direction does each ex- 
 tend? Name the three 
 -valleys of this range south 
 of San Francisco Bay. In 
 what direction does each ex- 
 tend? Name the towns in 
 Napa Valley. Santa Rosa Val- 
 ley. Santa Clara Valley. Salinas 
 Valley. 
 
 ifornia mainly extend? In which of 
 these is Los Angeles located? Pasa- 
 dena? San Bernardino? Anaheim 
 (an'ahime)? Santa Ana? What 
 desert lies east of the Coast 
 Range of mountains? What 
 desert at the southern 
 end of the state? 
 
 5. Mountain Ranges. 
 Name two mountain 
 peaks of the Sierra Ne- 
 vada Range. In what 
 part of the range? Two 
 of the Coast Range. In 
 what part? 
 
 6. Lakes. — Name and 
 locate the lakes of the 
 Great Central Valley. Of 
 the Sierra Nevada Mount- 
 ains. 
 
 i^i. 
 
 i: 
 
 San Ijuis Bay 
 
 W^m, 
 
 Santa Barbara^ 
 San Bueiiaventun 
 
 ,^0* 
 
 3. Resorts. 
 The Gey'sers? 
 
 -Where is Lake Ta hoe'? 
 Yo semd te Valley? 
 
 iPvttt^ 
 
 4. Southern California. — Name the five principal 
 valleys of Southern California, beginning with the Santa ^^ 
 Ma r?a. In what direction do the valleys of Southern Cal-^ 
 
 Abbreviations.— N. V., Napa Valley; S. V., Sonoma Valley; S. B., Suisun 
 Bay; S. P., San Pablo Bay; S. R., Santa Rosa. 
 
 
 San Diego Bay^ 
 
 7. 
 
64 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 NORTHERN CALIFORNIA— NATURAL FEAT- 
 URES. 
 
 I. The Great Valley and its Mountain 
 Boundaries. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 We have all seen a part of the state of Cali- 
 fornia, but no one of us has seen the whole of it. 
 If we were to go up in a balloon from one of the 
 little valleys nestled in the mountains that extend 
 along the eastern side of the state, all the objects 
 below us would grow smaller and smaller as we 
 ascend, the boys and girls would look no bigger 
 than ants, and the school house about as large as 
 a dog kennel. Soon we should be able to see 
 beyond the mountains surrounding our valley. 
 Hundreds of other mountains would come into 
 view with ravines and small fertile valleys between 
 them, and towns and mines on their sides. 
 
 Now, if an east wind should spring up, our 
 balloon would move westward, carrying us out 
 over the center of a great valley. Here, if we 
 could go high enough and see far enough, we 
 could get a view of the whole of the northern 
 part of the state. We should see below us a val- 
 ley more than fifty miles wide from east to west, 
 and stretching hundreds of miles north and south. 
 This valley is so large that five of the smallest of 
 the United States could lie in it side by side. The 
 whole northern part of the state would now look 
 something as you see it in the picture on the pre- 
 ceding page — made up of high and low land, 
 with lakes and rivers sparkling in all directions. 
 
 Extending along the whole length of the valley 
 on the east we should see the high range of 
 mountains from among which our balloon first 
 rose. Another range would be seen to bound 
 the valley on the west. Both ranges curve 
 toward each other at the north. Mount Shasta 
 seeming to hold them together where they meet. 
 
 In the south they bend together, too, and 
 would meet, but for narrow passes which seem to 
 be gates to let people out of the valley into the 
 country beyond. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. A great valley 50 miles wide from east 
 to west and about 400 miles long from north to 
 south, lies in the central part of California. 
 
 2. A long chain of mountains bounds this val- 
 ley on the east and another on the west. 
 
 3. At the north these two chains of mountains 
 come together in Mount Shasta. 
 
 4. At the south they nearly meet, leaving only 
 narrow passes through them. 
 
 II. The Rivers of the Great Valley. 
 For Reading: 
 
 With our balloon hanging over the center of 
 this great valley we may look toward the north 
 more than 200 miles away and see where the 
 Sacramento River rises in a big spring not far 
 from the foot of Mount Shasta, and where it is 
 joined by the Pitt River, which winds down from 
 the northeast corner of the state. 
 
 Looking north and south we should see, also, a 
 line of water all through the middle of the great 
 valley below us. At first it might be mistaken 
 for one stream, but looking carefully we should 
 see that a few miles north of the center of the 
 valley the Sacramento makes a turn toward the 
 west, and that what at first seemed to be a 
 part of it is really a separate stream flowing 
 northward from the mountains of the south. 
 
 This stream from the south is the great San 
 Joaquin River, and we may observe that just 
 before it reaches the Sacramento it, too, turns off 
 
MOUNTAINS AND SMALLER VALLEYS. 
 
 65 
 
 toward the west, and that both rivers are lost in a 
 narrow bay called the Suisun. The great valley 
 is named for these rivers — The Sacramento and 
 San Joaquin Valley^ 
 
 All along the valley many small rivers would 
 be seen flowing into these large ones, but most 
 of them come down from the mountains on the 
 eastern side. 
 
 It is a beautiful sight to see the yellow grain 
 fields all through this valley, dotted with green 
 orchards and vineyards and bordered with forests 
 on the mountain sides. 
 
 This is the richest farming land in the world, 
 and gives homes and work to thousands of happy, 
 busy people. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. The Sacramento River starts from a 
 spring near the foot of Mount Shasta, and flows 
 south through the center of the great valley of 
 California. 
 
 2. The Pitt River comes into the Sacramento 
 near its source from the northeastern part of the 
 state. 
 
 3. The San Joaquin River starts from the 
 mountains in the southern part of the valley and 
 flows north till it almost meets the Sacramento, 
 when they both turn west and flow into Suisun 
 Bay. 
 
 4. Many small rivers flow into the Sacramento 
 and San Joaquin, most of them coming down 
 from the mountains on the eastern side. 
 
 5. This valley contains the richest farming land 
 in the world. 
 
 III. The Mountains and Smaller Valleys. 
 For Reading: 
 
 A view of the mountains and the small valleys 
 
 that lie among them would be very interesting, 
 as well as the view of the great valley we have 
 just seen. We should find the eastern range of 
 mountains much higher and rougher than the 
 western. It is called the Sierra Nevada Range. 
 The highest group of mountains in the state is in 
 this chain, almost east of Lake Tulare. Mount 
 Whitney and Mount Tyndall are each nearly 
 three miles high. Many peaks in the range are 
 covered with snow, and along the sides of the 
 mountains, below the snow level, stand magnifi- 
 cent forests. Along its whole length the range 
 is spangled with beautiful lakes. 
 
 The western chain is called the Coast Range, 
 because it lies along the seashore. About mid- 
 way from north to south the ocean breaks through 
 this range and cuts a channel, which permits the 
 waters of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers 
 to escape. 
 
 This opening is called the Golden Gate, and 
 the water that comes through makes the San 
 Francisco, San Pablo, and Suisun Bays. 
 
 North of these bays, instead of running on as 
 one chain, the Coast Range splits apart into sev- 
 eral little rows running nearly north and south, 
 with long, narrow valleys between them. The 
 Santa Rosa, Sonoma, and Napa Valleys are three 
 rich valleys lying north and south among these 
 mountains. 
 
 South of these bays the mountains are split 
 apart in the same way, making the Salinas, the 
 Santa Clara, and the Livermore Valleys. 
 
 The most noted mountains in this range are 
 Mount Diablo and Mount Hamilton. 
 
 » 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I. The Sierra Nevada Mountains lie on 
 the eastern side of the state, and are higher and 
 rougher than the western chain. How high are 
 Mount Tyndall and Mount Whitney ? 
 
66 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 2. Fine forests stand on the sides, and many 
 beautiful lakes lie in the hollows of this range. 
 
 3. The mountain chain along the seashore is 
 called the Coast Range. 
 
 4. The sea breaks through the Coast Range 
 and spreads out into broad inland bays, 
 
 5. The opening through which the sea breaks 
 is called the Golden Gate, and the larger bays are 
 named San Francisco and San Pablo. 
 
 6. Name three valleys that lie between the 
 rows of the Coast Range on the northern side of 
 these bays. Three on the southern side. Name 
 the most noted mountains of this range. 
 
 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. 
 
 I. Coast Range and Deserts. 
 For Reading: 
 
 Now let us imagine ourselves hovering in a bal- 
 loon over Mount San Bernardino — the highest 
 mountain in the southern part of the state. We 
 shall see a very different view from the one in the 
 north. 
 
 South of the passes that lead into Southern 
 California but one high range of mountains ap- 
 pears, although much of the country is mount- 
 ainous. 
 
 This range seems to be a continuation of the 
 Coast Range, though it soon leaves the coast and 
 turns toward the southeast corner of the state. 
 The line of the coast here changes its direction, 
 curving also toward the southeast. Look at the 
 pichire and you will see the change. Different 
 parts of this mountain range have different names, 
 but the ranges of San Gabriel and San Bernardino 
 are the most important of these divisions. 
 
 Northeast of this range we look upon one of the 
 most cheerless parts of the earth's surface — the 
 Mohave Desert. This desert extends eastward 
 
 far beyond the eastern edge of California, and 
 northward on the eastern side of the Sierra 
 Nevada Mountains as far as Lake Mono, nearly 
 opposite the center of the Great Valley — a deso- 
 late, barren region, bearing occasional ridges of 
 high rocky peaks, called the Lost Mountains. 
 
 West of this mountain chain, extending in a. 
 line from Mount San Bernardino to the southeast 
 corner of the state, we may see a long, narrow 
 tract of land in some places three hundred feet 
 below the level of the sea. This tract is known 
 as the Colorado Desert. The Gulf of California 
 once filled the basin, and this barren hollow is 
 the dry bed left by the water. 
 
 II. West of the Coast Range. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 West of the Coast Range and the Colorado 
 Desert there are many fertile valleys with beau- 
 tiful mesas between them. 
 
 The direction of these valleys is very different 
 from that of the valleys in the Coast Range at 
 the north, for, as you see in the picture, instead of 
 running north and south with the great mountain 
 chain, like the northern valleys, they lie in an 
 east and west direction, extending toward the sea 
 nearly at right angles with the principal mountain 
 chain. Of course you must understand that there , 
 are some low mountain ranges running east and 
 west, or there could be no east and west valleys. 
 
 The most northerly of these valleys is the one 
 drained by the Santa Maria River. South of this 
 valley are the valleys drained by the Santa Inez 
 and Santa Clara. These valleys slope to the 
 ocean in a line almost directly westward. 
 
 Still further south are the valleys drained by 
 the San Gabriel and the Santa Ana, whose waters 
 flow to the sea by southwesterly courses. 
 
 All through Southern California, to the south- 
 em limit of the state, short rivers run toward the 
 
PLEASURE RESORTS. 
 
 67 
 
 ocean, watering the land and making it pro- 
 ductive. 
 
 The region drained by these rivers is a country 
 green with beautiful orange and olive groves and 
 vineyards, while here, as in the north, thrifty 
 cities and pretty farm- and school-houses dot the 
 fruitful land. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I . South of the passes through the mount- 
 ains into Southern California the Coast Range 
 runs southeast, and is the only great range. 
 
 2. The San Gabriel and San Bernardino Ranges 
 are the most important divisions of the Coast 
 Range in the southern part of the state. 
 
 3. The country northeast of the Coast Range 
 in Southern California is a great desert, called 
 the Mohave Desert. 
 
 4. The Colorado Desert is a long and narrow 
 basin, in some places three hundred feet below 
 the level of the sea. It lies west of the San Ber- 
 nardino Range of mountains and extends to the 
 southeast corner of the state. 
 
 5. The Gulf of California once occupied the 
 basin of the Colorado Desert. 
 
 II. I , West of the mountains and the Colorado 
 Desert, fertile valleys reach to the ocean. 
 
 2. The principal valleys of Southern California 
 <ixtend nearly east and west, instead of north and 
 south, as in Northern California. 
 
 3. The most northerly of the valleys of South- 
 <im California is drained by the Santa Maria River; 
 the next one south by the Santa Inez; the third 
 by the Santa Clara; the fourth by the San Gabriel; 
 iind the fifth by the Santa Ana. 
 
 4. What do we see in the southern valleys ? 
 
 FAMOUS CALIFORNIA RESORTS. 
 I. Lake Tahoe. 
 For Reading: 
 
 Now that we have a picture of our whole state, 
 you will be interested to know something of the 
 resorts for which it is famous throughout the 
 country. One of these is Lake Tahoe, six 
 thousand feet high, among the Sierra Nevada 
 Mountains. To visit it let us start from San 
 Francisco in the morning. We shall cross the 
 San Francisco Bay by steamer and take the cars 
 on the eastern side. Riding toward the north- 
 east we shall reach Sacramento about noon and 
 get dinner. From there the road grows steeper 
 and the train climbs more slowly through the 
 foothills and over the summit of the Sierra Ne- 
 vada Mountains. 
 
 In these mountains we shall pass the famous 
 Cape Horn, where we make so sharp a turn 
 around the mountain side that at one time both 
 the engine and rear car are hidden from those 
 who sit near the middle of the train, while one 
 thousand feet below runs the American River. 
 
 Beyond Cape Horn we pass among mountains 
 whose sides and summits have been washed away 
 by the gold miners, but we lose sight of these 
 when we enter the snowsheds. 
 
 These sheds are dismal passages, miles long, 
 made of heavy planks, to keep the snow, which 
 often falls from twenty to forty feet deep, from 
 blockading the railroad track. 
 
 After stopping over night at Truckee, early the 
 next morning we take the stage for Tahoe, which 
 lies fifteen miles to the south, partly in California 
 and partly in Nevada. 
 
 We ride along the winding Truckee River, 
 which has its source in Lake Tahoe, past many 
 lumber camps, and after a few hours' journey we 
 suddenly come in sight of the lake, with its rim 
 of purple and gray mountains. 
 
68 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 How beautiful the water is! It seems so blue 
 that the sky looks pale by contrast with it. 
 
 An Inlet of I,ake Tahoe. 
 
 When sailing upon its surface we find that, in 
 places, the color changes to a golden green, like 
 that of a ripening grain field, but everywhere it is 
 so clear that we can see the brown bowlders and 
 the polished pebbles and the speckled trout a 
 hundred feet below us. 
 
 All around the edges of the lake are the reflec- 
 tions of the lofty mountains and the tall trees 
 upon their sides and summits. All are upside 
 down, of course, but the bark and branches and 
 cones of the trees are distinct in form and color. 
 
 This beautiful lake is twenty miles long and 
 ten miles wide, and, in some places, over a quar- 
 ter of a mile deep. It is a lake of ice-cold water, 
 supplied from the melting snows of the high 
 mountains above it. 
 
 From Mount Tallac, the highest peak near the 
 lake, can be seen fourteen smaller lakes in a cafion 
 region that leads into Tahoe. 
 
 In the summer many people go there to breathe 
 the pure air and amuse themselves by rowing and 
 trout-fishing. Many hotels are built on the lake 
 shore for the accommodation of these pleasure 
 seekers. 
 
 In winter the snow falls very deep, sometimes 
 burying the houses, and no one tries to live there 
 then. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. Trip to Tahoe. — Copy the following 
 outline and fill out as indicated in the model. 
 Trace the route on the picture: 
 
 Direction from San Francisco. — Northeast. 
 
 First mode of conveyance. — By steamer. 
 
 Second mode of conveyance. — By cars. . 
 
 Noon station. — 
 
 Character of road beyond. — 
 
 Point of interest on the way, describe. — 
 
 Snowsheds, ^escribe. — \ 
 
 Night station. — 
 
 Third mode of conveyance. — 
 
 Distance to the lake. 
 
 2. Description of Lake. — Arrange the fol- 
 lowing topics in a column, as in the above models 
 and fill out: 
 
 Color of water; Transparency; Appearance of trees 
 and mountains in the water; Extent and depth; Source 
 of supply; Visitors; Objects of visits; Accommodations; 
 Condition in winter. 
 
 II. The Geysers. 
 For Reading: 
 
 The Geysers are a remarkable collection of hot 
 springs about a hundred miles north of San 
 Francisco, in a caiio;i of the Coast Range. Great 
 numbers of people from other parts of the coun- 
 try visit them every year. At San Francisco, 
 about nodn, we may take a steamer and sail 
 northeast across the bay, leaving Mount Diablo 
 on our right and Mount Tamalpais far to our left. 
 
 Late in the afternoon we shall reach Vallejo* 
 (val la'ho) and take the train north for Calistoga. 
 Here our route lies through the grain fields and 
 vineyards of the fertile Napa Valley, and at dark 
 we come to the end of the railroad, where we 
 remain over night. 
 
 Next morning we climb into the six-horse stage 
 and begin to dash along the steep, narrow road 
 
 1 What is the common way of going to Vallejo from San Francisco? 
 
PLEASURE RESORTS. 
 
 69 
 
 which leads over the mountain ridge to the Pluton 
 Canon, in the branches of which the geysers are 
 situated. 
 
 Here all kinds of vile smells seem mixed, and 
 at every step we may pick up alum, sulphur, soda, 
 magnesia, and other things that we have never 
 seen before except in a drug store. 
 
 There is a constant sound of hissing, bubbling, 
 and roaring. Steam comes whistling out of every 
 hole. Hot water boils from behind the rocks and 
 flows along the canon. Our canes sink in steam- 
 ing sand, and the rocks are as hot as if heated by 
 fire. 
 
 The springs, of which there are over one hun- 
 dred, are mostly in the bottoms of the ravines 
 and the blow-holes are on the hillsides. 
 
 A large spring, called the Steamboat Geyser, 
 sends off loud blasts of steam, so hot that it does 
 not cool enough to be seen until it has passed six 
 feet from the opening where it escapes.^ 
 
 One spring, laden with sulphur and black as 
 ink, is called the Witches' Cauldron. 
 
 We may come home by another route. We 
 can take a stage west to Cloverdale, and from 
 Cloverdale we may take the cars south along the 
 Santa Rosa Valley to San Francisco Bay. Here 
 a steamer will be found waiting, in which we may 
 cross to San Francisco. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. The Geysers. — What are the geysers? 
 Distance and direction from San Francisco? 
 Where located ? Repeat the first sentence of the 
 Reading Lesson. 
 
 Write a short story from each of the two fol- 
 lowing outlines: 
 
 I. Trip to the Geysers.— First mode of conveyance; 
 direction; to what point; mountains on either side; sec- 
 ond mode of conveyance; direction; through what val- 
 1 Why should the great heat of the steam make it invisible? 
 
 ley; to what point; third mode of conveyance; character 
 of road. 
 
 2. Description of Geysers.— Situation; odors; min- 
 erals; number of springs; location of springs; of blow- 
 holes; Steamboat Geyser, describe; Witches' Cauldron. 
 
 3. Describe the return trip. 
 
 III. The Yosemite Valley and Big Trees. 
 For Reading: 
 
 But of all our resorts the one most sought by 
 visitors is the Yosemite Valley. By flying 
 directly east from San Francisco, a bird would 
 find this valley 150 miles distant, in the Sierra 
 Nevada Mountains. If we start from San Fran- 
 cisco we cross the bay by steamer to Oakland and 
 take a train southeast to Berenda. After a night's 
 rest we set out northeast, traveling a short dis- 
 tance by railroad, and then taking a stage for a 
 day and a half over the mountain ridges that lie 
 between Raymond and the Merced River, whose 
 headwaters flow through the Yosemite Cafion. 
 
 As we approach the valley our first view of it 
 is from Inspiration Point. We pass from dark 
 forests into an open glade, and all at once the 
 picture is before us, obscured only by a floating 
 lilac haze. Far beneath us flows the Merced 
 River, its waters widening out into a mirror-like 
 little pool. 
 
 A green lawn borders the stream, and along the 
 sides of the caiion rise towering walls of granite 
 nearly a mile high, with peaks and domes upon 
 their summits. 
 
 El Capitan stands out boldly at the front. Fur- 
 ther up the valley rise the Three Graces, and far 
 away are seen the faint outlines of Cloud's Rest. 
 
 Waterfalls, looking in the distance like white 
 threads and ribbons tossing and trailing down the 
 sides of the canon, come to join the Merced River 
 at the bottom of the valley. 
 
 Descending from Inspiration Point we enter the 
 
70 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 valley, which lies east and west. Here, pouring 
 over the walls, are some of the falls that we saw 
 
 On the Road to Yosemitk Falls. 
 
 from the distance. The Bridal Veil comes down 
 from the wall on the right, and the Virgin's Tears 
 from the one on the left. 
 
 Passing up the valley towards the east, we stand 
 between El Capitan on the north and Cathedral 
 Spires on the south. El Capitan has two sides, 
 each half a mile across, meeting as the walls of a 
 house meet on the outside. It is more than 3,000 
 feet high. Thirty hotels like the Palace, in San 
 Francisco, might be built in front of it, one on top 
 of the other, before reaching to its summit. 
 
 Half way up the valley, pouring over the wall 
 of the north side, are the Yosemite Falls, leaping 
 down 2,600 feet in three jumps. This is the 
 
 highest cataract in the world, though it has not the 
 greatest amount of water. Sometimes the wind 
 spreads the water out into a fan three hundred 
 feet wide, and swings it as if it were a pendulum. 
 There are many other wonderful sights, and we 
 may spend whole days at a single place without 
 becoming tired of the view. 
 
 Though so famous, this valley is not large. It 
 is only about eight miles long and one mile wide. 
 The floor of the valley is 4,000 feet higher than 
 San Francisco Bay, and its walls in some places 
 rise almost straight up 4,000 feet more. 
 
 No one can own any part of it. The United 
 States government long ago gave this valley and 
 the Mariposa Grove of Big Trees^ to California for 
 a perpetual pleasure ground, and the state has 
 done much to add to its attractions and to provide 
 comfortable stopping places for travelers. 
 
 On our way home we may visit the Big Trees. 
 One tree, called the Grizzly Giant, requires a 
 string nearly one hundred feet long to encircle it. 
 One, called Abraham lyincoln, is 320 feet high. 
 Just think how many men each six feet tall would 
 have to stand one on another's shoulders to pick 
 a cone from the top! 
 
 These trees are a kind of redwood. The name 
 is a long one, but it is worth learning — Sequoia 
 gigantea. 
 
 The Calaveras Grove of Big Trees is another 
 group of Sequoia gigantea. It stands about sev- 
 enty miles north of the Mariposa grove, and con- 
 tains larger trees. One, called the Mother of the 
 Forest, is 325 feet high. A tree of this grove 
 has been felled. It took five men three weeks 
 to cut it down. Parties sometimes dance on the 
 stump of one of these trees as if it were the floor 
 of a hall. A school could easily be seated upon 
 it if it were near. A hole has been made through 
 a standing tree large enough for the passage of a 
 stage coach. 
 
 I Reading Hour: Johonnot's Geographical Reader, p. 165, The Big 
 Trees. 
 
MINING. 
 
 71 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. The Yosemite Vai^ley. — Write a short 
 story from each of the three following outlines: 
 
 1. Trip to Yosemite.— Air line direction from San 
 Francisco; first mode of conveyance; to what point; 
 second mode of conveyance; direction; to what point; 
 direction from that point; mode of conveyance; time 
 required. 
 
 2. Description of Yosemite.— First view from what; 
 at which end of valley; walls of the cafion; points seen, 
 
 I , 2 , 3 ; direction of valley; waterfalls on the 
 
 south side; on the north side, i , 2 ; BU Capitan, 
 
 describe ; Yosemite Falls, describe ; extent of valley; 
 elevationof the bottom; height of the walls; ownership; 
 settlement. 
 
 3. Description of Big Trees.— Nearest grove; direc- 
 tion from Yosemite; Grizzly Giant, size; Abraham Lin- 
 coln, height; kind of trees; second grove; direction and 
 distance from Mariposa group; size of trees. 
 
 Why should the highest tree be named Abraham Lin- 
 coln? 
 
 MINING IN CALIFORNIA. 
 
 I. Discovery of Gold — Early Mining. 
 For Reading: 
 
 When you think of the occupations of the peo- 
 ple of Cahfomia you may perhaps think first of 
 what those in your own neighborhood are doing, 
 but old settlers would be likely to think first of 
 Mining, because it was through the mining of 
 gold that California first became much known to 
 the world. 
 
 Before gold was discovered very few settlers 
 
 had come to California. A few monks had estab- 
 lished missions to convert the Indians, and these 
 had been followed by a few Spanish and Mexican 
 settlers, California having first belonged to Spain 
 and then to Mexico. About two years before 
 gold was discovered some Americans, also, had 
 begun to come in; California about that time hav- 
 ing become a possession of the United States. 
 As soon, however, as gold was found, people 
 came from all directions — from Mexico, South 
 America, Europe, and Asia — but mostly from the 
 eastern part of the United States, and in two 
 years the population had increased from only a 
 few Spaniards on the coast and woodsmen in the 
 interior to 100,000 people, and California was 
 made a state at once. 
 
 Gold was first found near Coloma, which is 
 northeast of Sacramento, in the foothills, or lower 
 slopes, of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. A man. 
 named Sutter had a sawmill there, and early in 
 January, 1848, one of his hired men, named Mar- 
 shall, saw some gold in the sands of the stream 
 which turned the mill. The two men and their 
 friends tried to keep the discovery a secret; but 
 no news ever before went around the world so 
 quickly, and soon people were on their way from 
 every land in search of California gold. 
 
 At first they thought that gold was to be found 
 only in the beds of streams, but they afterwards 
 learned that it was all along the western slopes 
 of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. It was in the 
 rocks of the hills and ravines, and in the gravel 
 that had been made out of these rocks by the 
 action of the water for many thousand years. 
 The work of the miners was to separate the gold 
 from the rock or the gravelly soil. 
 
 The first mining was done by loosening the 
 gravel with picks and shovels and then putting 
 it into pans or rockers, or some other contrivance, 
 and shaking and draining it till only the gold, 
 which always falls to the bottom, remained. This 
 was called Placer mining. 
 
72 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. The discovery of gold in California 
 •brought the first large numbers of people. 
 
 2. Before that some monks had established 
 missions, a few Spaniards and Mexicans had 
 settled in the country, and a few people from the 
 United States. 
 
 3. A man named Marshall first discovered gold 
 in a stream of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, a 
 little northeast of Sacramento. 
 
 Read carefully the second and third paragraphs and 
 tell in what year California was made a state. What are 
 foothills? 
 
 4. Gold was afterward found all along the 
 western slope of the mountains in the rocks and 
 in the gravel. 
 
 5. To make the gravel the rocks had been worn 
 for thousands of years by water. 
 
 6. How was the first mining done, and what 
 was it called? 
 
 II. Hydraulic Mining. 
 For Reading: 
 
 In Hydraulic mining water takes the place of 
 the pick and shovel. The water is led through 
 an iron pipe down a steep slope, so that it will 
 acquire great speed and force. At the beginning 
 the pipe is four feet or more in circumference, but 
 it gradually narrows until it is not more than six 
 inches at the end where the water is discharged. 
 
 The water bursts out with terrible force, and 
 tears down the gravel, clay, and bowlders of the 
 bank against which it is thrown. The stream 
 washes out and carries ofi" more earth than many 
 thousand men could remove in the same time 
 with picks, shovels, and barrows. 
 
 This hydraulic mining has been followed all 
 along the western slopes of the Sierra Nevada 
 Mountains. 
 
 When the ground is hard, the miners often dig 
 a passage into the bank and put in kegs of powder 
 and explode it to loosen the soil and rocks, so 
 that it will be easier for the water to wash away j 
 the mass. I 
 
 When the water is turned on, it carries with it 
 gravel and bowlders, rumbling and tumbling 
 through a cut into a sloping channel lined with 
 plank. This channel is called a flume, and leads 
 off to a river or ravine. Gold always sinks to 
 the bottom of this stream of debris, as its particles 
 are heavier than the particles of earth or rock. 
 
 At the bottom of the flume are cross-bars of 
 iron, called riffles, to hold the gold. Quicksilver 
 is scattered here to catch the fine particles. It 
 seems to try to hide the gold, for it covers every 
 speck and makes it look silvery like itself. 
 
 After a certain number of days the water is 
 turned out of the flume, and what has settled in 
 the bottom is scraped out. The gold is then 
 washed from the dirt in pans, and the mass, cov- 
 ered with quicksilver, is put into buckskin bags, 
 through which all the quicksilver possible is 
 squeezed. 
 
 Some still clings to the gold, and the mixture is 
 called amalgam. This amalgam is heated hot 
 enough to drive off the quicksilver as vapor. 
 The vapor is then caught and cooled, thus becom- 
 ing quicksilver again, and may be used in this 
 way many times. The clean gold is now melted, 
 run into molds, and sent to the mint for coining. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. Hydraulic mining is done by throwing 
 powerful streams of water against the mountains, 
 thus tearing away the soil, gravel, and bowlders, 
 among which the gold is hidden. 
 
 2 . The soil and rock are sometimes first loosened 
 by exploding powder in a chamber dug in the 
 earth for that purpose. 
 
MINING, 
 
 73 
 
 3. The streams of water wash the loosened 
 masses into a channel called a flume. 
 
 4. The gold settles in the bottom of the flume 
 and is caught by quicksilver that has been placed 
 there for that purpose. 
 
 5. The gold and dirt that have settled at the 
 bottom are scraped up and the dirt is washed out. 
 
 6. The gold, enveloped in quicksilver, is then 
 put into buckskin bags, and as much quicksilver 
 as possible is squeezed through. 
 
 7. What is amalgam? How is the quicksilver 
 in the amalgam got rid of? What is then done 
 with the pure gold? 
 
 III. Quartz Mining. 
 For Reading: 
 
 But little hydraulic mining is now done. 
 Quartz mining is more common. • This is carried 
 on by digging and blasting drifts and shafts under 
 the earth. 
 
 The drifts are passages that run horizontally 
 into the sides of the mountain, following a shelf 
 of gold-bearing rock called quartz. The shafts 
 run perpendicularly down, like wells. 
 
 In the drifts the air is not very pure, and the 
 miners have to work in cramped positions, often 
 stooping, sometimes on their knees, sometimes 
 lying on their backs picking at the rocks above. 
 Almost always there is water dripping on them, 
 and they stand in mud. Their only light comes 
 irom a sputtering candle stuck in the side of the 
 drift, or passage. 
 
 The quartz is brought out in hand cars, and 
 (^rushed into powder by solid iron pillars called 
 stamps. Some of these stamps weigh five hun- 
 dred pounds each, are driven by steam, and strike 
 forty of their terrible blows in one minute. 
 
 The powdered rock is washed along a flume by 
 
 Interior of a Quicksilver Mine at New Almaden. 
 
 a stream of water and passes through a sieve, the 
 gold being caught by quicksilver, which is 
 sprinkled all along its passage way. Then it is 
 put through buckskin bags, as in hydraulic min- 
 ing. 
 
 The quicksilver, so necessary in gold mining, 
 comes chiefly from the New Almaden mine, near 
 San Jose, though it is found in small quantities 
 all along the Coast Range. It is found in beds 
 of slate rock, and is mined by means of shafts 
 and drifts, as in quartz mining. 
 
 The ore looks very much like common brick. 
 It is put into an oven and heated until the quick- 
 silver goes off" as vapor. When cooled, the vapor 
 is condensed into pure quicksilver, which is very 
 heavy, and is kept and sold in iron flasks. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I. In quartz mining the rock containing 
 gold is broken up by digging and blasting. 
 
 2. After the rock is broken, it is taken out and 
 crushed to powder by great hammers, called 
 stamps, which are worked by steam power. 
 
 3. The powdered rock is washed along a flume 
 by a stream of water, and the gold is caught by 
 
74 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 quicksilver, from which it is then separated, as in 
 hydrauHc mining. 
 
 4. Quicksilver is mostly found in a mine at 
 New Almaden, near San Jose. 
 
 5. Quicksilver ore looks hke common brick. 
 
 6. The ore is put into an oven and heated till 
 * the quicksilver goes off in vapor. 
 
 FARMING IN CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Oral. — What kind of grain have you seen 
 growing? Where? On whose farm? What 
 farming work have you ever seen? Tell how it 
 was done. Where have you seen fruit growing ? 
 What kinds ? For what is each kind used ? 
 
 I. Irrigating — Grain Raising. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Grain raising is now a leading pursuit in Cal- 
 ifornia. It has not always been so. When gold 
 was first discovered the country was only a graz- 
 ing ground for cattle. 
 
 At first it was feared that good crops could not 
 be raised because of the lack of summer rains, 
 but it was soon found that the ground could be 
 plowed in spring, and by sowing the seed after 
 the first rains in the fall a fine harvest could be 
 reaped the next year. 
 
 In some parts of the state . farmers do not 
 depend wholly upon rain to water their land. 
 Ditches have been dug and connected with the 
 rivers, by means of which they can flood the land 
 with water whenever they wish. 
 
 In other places wells have been bored, through 
 which streams of water gush up constantly, and 
 these are conducted upon any land that needs 
 moisture. Wells of this kind are called artesian 
 wells, and these methods of watering are called 
 irrigation. 
 
 The lasting prosperity of California began with 
 
 farming. In the early mining days nothing was 
 permanent. Men lived in rude cabins, ready to 
 move to a new mine any day, or return to their 
 old homes in the east as soon as they had grown 
 rich. 
 
 Now, when they found that farming would 
 jdeld as rich returns as mining, many resolved to 
 devote their attention to that. They sent for 
 their families and began to build homes and 
 school houses and towns, and now California pro- 
 duces almost as much grain as any state in the 
 Union — wheat and barley being the principal 
 kinds. 
 
 The great wheat and barley fields of the state 
 are in the valley of the Sacramento and San Joa- 
 quin Rivers. Large crops of barley are also raised 
 in the southern part of the state. 
 
 The farmers of California raise much more 
 grain than can be used at home, and the surplus 
 is sold to all parts of the world. In one year 
 enough grain was raised to give i , 500 pounds to 
 every one living in the state. 
 
 Some men own vast farms, ^ and it is an inter- 
 esting sight to see their workmen breaking the 
 surface of the ground with gang plows, each plow 
 drawn by eight or more horses, and ten plows 
 often working almost side by side, all of them 
 together cutting a strip of land forty feet or more 
 wide, and sometimes going a mile before turning. 
 
 Some machines cut the grain and thrash it at 
 the same time. With such a machine four men 
 and twenty horses can easily harvest thirty acres 
 in a day, leaving the grain sewed up in sacks, in 
 great piles, in the field. 
 
 Sometimes the thrasher works by steam, and 
 the fire of the engine is fed by the straw from 
 which the wheat has been thrashed. These 
 machines cost so much that not every farmer can 
 own one. Many hire a thrasher to do their work, 
 
 I Reading Hour: King's Methods and Aids in Geography, p. 302, A 
 California Farm. 
 
FARMING AND FRUIT GROWING. 
 
 75 
 
 and the machiner}^ with a kitchen 
 on wheels, is hauled from farm to 
 farm. A cook accompanies the party 
 to prepare meals for the workers, and a 
 cow follows to furnish milk. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. In California ground 
 is usually plowed in spring 
 and the seed sowed 
 after the first rains 
 in the fall. 
 
 2. In many places 
 ditches have been dug 
 leading from rivers or 
 reservoirs to farming land, 
 and the water is carried 
 through them out upon the 
 land. 
 
 3. Artesian wells have been 
 bored in some places, and the 
 water run off upon the land 
 through pipes. 
 
 4. What is irrigation 
 
 5. What are the prin- 
 cipal grain products 
 of California? 
 
 6. What is the 
 principal grain pro- 
 ducing region of Cali- 
 fornia ? 
 
 7. Grain is often har- 
 vested by machines that cut 
 it and thrash it at the same time 
 
 8. Describe the way of work 
 ing with a steam thrasher. 
 
 II. Fruit Growing. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 In Fruit raising California surpasses any 
 other part of the world. 
 
 Nearly every kind of fruit 
 may be found in the or- 
 chards of the great valley 
 of the Sacramento and San 
 Joaquin; but peaches, pears, 
 figs, grapes, nectarines, plums, 
 and cherries are the principal 
 fruits. 
 
 The foothills yield the most 
 luscious fruits of every descrip- 
 tion. Here the best apples 
 grow. 
 
 The vineyards and orchards 
 in the valley of the Sacra- 
 mento and San Joaquin 
 Rivers are larger than 
 in the smaller valleys 
 of Santa Clara, 
 Napa, Sonoma, 
 Santa Rosa, 
 and Livermore, 
 though not so nu- 
 merous. Picking fruit 
 gives employment to 
 many boys and girls in all 
 parts of the state. 
 
 In the valleys of Southern 
 
 California the apricot, orange, 
 
 lemon, olive, fig, and grape 
 
 grow in large quantities. 
 
 The grape is found in 
 nearly all parts of 
 the state, and its 
 cultivation employs 
 many people. 
 
76 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 The largest vineyard in the world is in the 
 northern part of the Sacramento Valley. It is so 
 large that it would take a man a half day to walk 
 around it, though going ver>^ briskly. More than 
 three hundred men and boys are sometimes out 
 among the vines of this vineyard picking grapes. 
 The pickers come from San Francisco, Sacra- 
 mento, and many other places. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. What are the chief fruits of the Sacra- 
 mento and San Joaquin Valley ? Where do the 
 best apples grow? What smaller valleys of 
 Northern California are distinguished for fruit 
 raising ? 
 
 2. Where are the largest orchards and vine- 
 3-ards ? 
 
 3. Name the principal fruits in the valleys of 
 Southern California. 
 
 4. The largest vineyard in the world is in the 
 northern part of the Sacramento Valley. 
 
 III. Marketing and Preserving Fruit. 
 For Reading: 
 
 Every year, California sends thousands of tons 
 of fruit to the eastern states and other parts of 
 the world, where it is eagerly bought. At Sac- 
 ramento, Los Angeles, San Jose, and some other 
 towns, many men are kept busy every day dur- 
 ing the fruit season loading fruit cars, which are 
 sent east by the fastest trains. 
 
 Besides, we have establishments for drying and 
 canning the fruit to preserve what we do not use 
 or sell while fresh. 
 
 In the Santa Clara Valley, near San Jose, the 
 canneries furnish work for many boys and girls. 
 
 as well as men and women. In most canneries 
 children perform a large part of the work. 
 
 When drying apricots, plums, and peaches in 
 the sun, the fruit is split, and the pieces laid care- 
 fully on shallow trays. Apples and pears are 
 sliced to dry. Fruit is also dried by machines 
 in a quicker and cleaner way than it can be dried 
 by the sun. 
 
 One process, called evaporating^ will, in a few 
 hours, take enough moisture from the fruit to dry 
 it properly, and still leave the fine flavor. 
 
 Most of the grapes are made into wine. In the 
 great vineyard mentioned in the last lesson the 
 grapes as they are picked are laid in large boxes, 
 and afterwards carried in wagons to a great build- 
 ing, where there are machines to crush them, and 
 large tubs, called vats, to hold the juice, which 
 pours into them all day in steady streams from the 
 crushers. This juice soon ferments and becomes 
 wine, which is stored in casks so large that, even 
 if they were Ijdng on their sides, a man might 
 stand upright in one. 
 
 In many vineyards the grapes are made into 
 raisins. The largest raisin vineyard in the world 
 is near Sacramento, but raisins are chiefly made 
 in the country around Fresno, about two hundred 
 miles south of this. 
 
 Many children help at the raisin making. The 
 grapes are picked and placed on trays, and in 
 about nine days the bunches are turned over and 
 left a week longer. After this they are boxed 
 and put into an air-tight or steam-heated room to 
 sweat. This makes the stems and raisins soft, 
 and they are then ready for market. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. Tell what you can of the following topics: 
 
 1. Shipping fruit. 4. Wine making. 
 
 2. Canning fruit. 5. Raisin making. 
 
 3. Drying fruit. 
 
MANUFA CTURING. 
 
 77 
 
 MANUFACTURES IN CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Oral. — Have you ever seen a saw-mill? A 
 blacksmith shop? A fiouriug-mill ? A machine 
 shop? A woolen mill? A shoe shop? A car- 
 penter shop? A printing office? What was 
 made in each? Tell, as well as yoii can, how it 
 was done. 
 
 I. Manufacture of Food Products. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 The Manufactures of CaHfomia are very im- 
 portant. The most valuable of them are Butter 
 and Cheese. 
 
 The principal dairies are among the foothills of 
 the mountains and near the coast, where the grass 
 is good. 
 
 A dairy about fourteen miles south of San 
 Francisco employs one hundred men. There are 
 18,000 acres in the tract, and it is divided into nine 
 fields. Each field has in it a certain number of 
 cows, and is well supplied with water. 
 
 In the center of each pasture is the milking 
 place, and near it a platform on which stands a 
 great double strainer. The milk is poured through 
 this and carried off by pipes to the milk house, 
 where it is placed in pans. The cream is skimmed 
 every thirty-six hours, and churned by horse 
 power. 
 
 One hundred pounds of butter are worked and 
 salted in one mass, which is then divided and 
 packed in rolls of two pounds each. 
 
 Across the bay, a few miles north of San Fran- 
 cisco, are many dairies famous for their fine butter. 
 
 The largest cheese dairy is near the coast, 
 southwest of Lake Tulare. One thousand cows 
 are milked there. 
 
 Next in importance is the manufacture of 
 Flour. In the state are nearly 200 flouring-mills. 
 Some work by water and some by steam. San 
 ]?rancisco has a greater number of mills than any 
 other city of the state. 
 
 The largest flouring-mill in the state is on the 
 northern side of San Pablo Bay. Vessels can sail 
 up on one side of it for cargoes, and a side-track 
 from the railroad runs on the other side to bring 
 wheat from the valleys and carry away flour. 
 This mill often makes 1,700 barrels of flour in 
 one day. What a mountain of flour that would 
 make in a year! 
 
 California Sugar making chiefly consists in tak- 
 ing raw sugar, obtained from other places, and 
 purifying it in our refineries. 
 
 Raw sugar is a coarse, brown sugar made by 
 boiling the juice of the sugar cane. Our supply 
 is mostly obtained from the great plantations of 
 the Sandwich Islands. 
 
 In refining it the raw sugar is dissolved in hot 
 water, and pumped into the upper part of the 
 building. Here it is heated very hot in pans, and 
 a little lime added to destroy any acid matter that 
 may be in the mixture. From these pans it is 
 strained, still hot, through two bags — one coarse 
 and one fine — and it drips out red, like wine. 
 Next, it is filtered through a substance called 
 bone-black, which catches all impurities, and the 
 liquid becomes perfectly clear. It is then allowed 
 to settle and harden into sugar. The part that 
 does not harden is made into syrup. 
 
 Besides the sugar produced in this way, consid- 
 erable attention is given to the manufacture of 
 beet sugar. A large factory for this purpose is 
 located in Santa Cruz County, and the raising of 
 beets to supply it is a constantly growing industry. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. The most valuable manufactures of Cali- 
 fornia are butter and cheese, and the next is flour. 
 
 2. Where are the principal butter and cheese 
 dairies ? 
 
78 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 3. Describe butter making in a large 
 dairy, and tell where such a dairy is. 
 
 4. In what part of the state are 
 famous butter dairies found? 
 
 5. Where is the largest cheese dairy 
 in the state ? 
 
 6. How many flouring-mills has Cali- 
 fornia, and how are they run ? 
 
 7. What city of the state has most 
 flour mills ? 
 
 8. Where is the largest flouring-mill, 
 and how much flour can it make in one 
 day? 
 
 9. In what does the manufacture of 
 sugar in California consist ? 
 
 10. Describe raw sugar. Where obtained? 
 
 11. Describe the first step in refining sugar; 
 the second; the third; the fourth. 
 
 II. Leather and Iron. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Leather and Ironware are also among the large 
 manufactures of California. 
 
 You do not need to be told from what leather 
 is made. In its manufacture the hides are first 
 soaked in water twenty-four hours, to clear them 
 of blood. Then they are kept in lime for a week, 
 to loosen the hair and flesh. At the end of this 
 time they are taken out and scraped clean, after 
 which they are piled up, with layers of bark be- 
 tween them, in large, deep, square tubs, called 
 vats. They are then covered with water and left 
 to stand for a number of days. There is some- 
 thing in the bark which soaks into the hide and 
 makes it heavier and softer, and it comes out 
 leather. 
 
 Union Iron Works, San Francisco. 
 
 The bark used in the California tanneries is sup- 
 plied from the Chestnut Oak, which grows along 
 the coast mountains. This oak is found mostly 
 in the north, but is becoming quite scarce, as the 
 tree dies when its bark is taken off. 
 
 Iron manufactures are produced chiefly in the 
 foundries of San Francisco, and consist princi- 
 pally of mining and agricultural implements and 
 saws for the lumber mills. 
 
 One of these foundries also builds steel and iron 
 ships. Other iron works make barbed wire for 
 fences and cables for street cars, for bridges, and 
 for mines. 
 
 The iron products of the railroad shops at Sac- 
 ramento are also very extensive. Two thousand 
 men work there, and the buildings cover thirty- 
 six acres of ground. In these shops are also 
 made the desks and tables for hundreds of rail- 
 road ofiices and the woodwork and furniture for 
 cars. 
 
 Extensive shops for repairing railroad cars are 
 located in Los Angeles. 
 
A COMMERCIAL CITY. 
 
 79 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. Leather and iron goods are largely man- 
 ufactured in California. 
 
 2. Tell what is done with hides to make them 
 into leather. 
 
 3. What bark is used in tanning, and where 
 found ? 
 
 4. Where are most of the iron manufactures of 
 the state produced, and in what do they chiefly 
 consist ? 
 
 5. What other manufactures of iron are pro- 
 duced ? 
 
 6. Describe the railroad shops at Sacramento. 
 What articles besides those of iron are made there ? 
 
 III. Lumber — Woolen Goods — Clothing. 
 For Reading: 
 
 We have said nothing about the Lumber mills. 
 To find these we must leave the cities. 
 
 These mills are near the forests. The chief 
 timber regions of California are the redwood for- 
 ests of the Coast Range, from Monterey north- 
 ward, and the sugar pine forests of the Sierra 
 Nevada Mountains. 
 
 Logs are cut high up in the mountains, and if 
 ';oo far away to be hauled by teams are sent down 
 ';o the mills by slides, or flumes, which are built 
 <iown the mountain sides. Some of these flumes 
 are more than twenty miles long, and the logs 
 whiz down so fast that you can hardly see them 
 go by. Sometimes they are floated down the 
 streams, and lie in great piles till the mill men 
 are ready to saw them.' 
 
 We must not forget the Woolen mills. The 
 best blankets manufactured anywhere in the 
 United States are made in California, and great 
 t[uantities of other woolen goods, such as flannels 
 
 and cloth for men and boys' clothing, are also 
 produced. 
 
 Other manufactures are considerable. If we 
 were to visit San Francisco, we should find a 
 great many rooms, in the upper stories of large 
 buildings, where hundreds of sewing machines 
 are clicking all day long in the manufacture of 
 clothing. Many others are filled with men 
 making saddles and harnesses. In others as 
 many as one hundred men may be found engaged 
 in making boots and shoes. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 IV. I. Saw-mills for making lumber are near the 
 redwood forests of the Coast Range and the sugar 
 pine forests of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. 
 
 2. Logs are often sent from the forests down 
 the mountain sides to the mills by long flumes. 
 
 3. California is celebrated for its manufacture 
 of blankets, flannels, and woolen cloth for clothing. 
 
 4. Clothing, saddles and harness, and boots 
 and shoes are largely manufactured in San Fran- 
 cisco. 
 
 5. Write a list, to read in class, of all the things 
 not mentioned in these lessons, that you know are 
 manufactured in California. 
 
 A COMMERCIAL CITY. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 "What is commerce?" said Ned, as the teacher 
 told the class that upon the following day they 
 would talk of a city noted for its commerce. 
 
 Reuben raised his hand as a request to speak, 
 and the teacher nodded consent. 
 
 ' ' I think Ned would know what commerce is 
 if he had remembered what we studied on the 
 twenty- seventh page of our Geography," said he. 
 
8o 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 v^ 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 At the Wharf in San Francisco. 
 
 As it was found that several of the children 
 had forgotten, they all took their Geographies, 
 and the teacher talked with them again of com- 
 merce. 
 
 The next day, after this was understood, the 
 class came together again to talk about the things 
 to be found in a great commercial city. Several 
 of the boys had visited San Francisco, and could 
 tell what they had seen. 
 
 Upon alighting at the wharf they had joined 
 in the moving crowd and had been hurried along 
 to the street cars, which were standing on iron 
 tracks that extended into the city for miles along 
 the streets. 
 
 Some of the cars were drawn by horses, some 
 were fastened to underground ropes of wire, called 
 cables, and drawn by steam. These, full of 
 people, followed one another through many streets 
 along the iron tracks. 
 
 Going out in these cars, they saw for miles 
 along the streets very large and very high build- 
 ings, filled with goods of various kinds for sale. 
 
 There were warehouses and stores filled with 
 dry goods, hardware, boots and shoes, furniture, 
 drugs, carriages, stoves, grates and mantels, hats 
 and caps, millinery, groceries, cured fish, leather, 
 
 salted and smoked meat, crockery, pianos 
 and organs, and with manj^ other things — 
 all to be sent out to other towns in ex- 
 change for money. When the money 
 was received it was to be sent out again 
 for more goods. 
 
 They saw many things besides — things 
 that are always to be seen where these 
 great exchanges are made. 
 
 They saw hundreds of large and heavy 
 wagons, some drawn by two horses, some 
 by four, some by six, driven in all direc- 
 tions, carrying loads from these ware- 
 houses and stores to ships or railroad 
 cars, and bringing loads from ships and 
 cars to the warehouses and stores. 
 
 On some streets were seen vegetable and fruit 
 markets filling up whole blocks. On others there 
 were markets for the sale of meat, fish, eggs, but- 
 ter, cheese, and other articles of food. 
 
 The stores were full of clerks. Some were sell- 
 ing goods, and others writing at desks. In some 
 stores more than a hundred clerks were occupied 
 in this way. 
 
 In one very high building they found, on the 
 upper floor, nearly a hundred people all working 
 at the same time on telegraph instruments, mak- 
 ing a noise that was almost deafening, while a 
 great many boj-^s in blue uniforms were seen hur- 
 rying along the streets with messages for the 
 people who live in the city. 
 
 In every block in some parts of the city were 
 found banks, express offices, insurance offices, and 
 real estate offices, filled with a busy lot of pro- 
 prietors and clerks. 
 
 The boys began to count the hotels, but stopped 
 when told that there were several hundred of 
 them. In a large commercial city there must 
 always be many hotels to accommodate the peo- 
 ple who visit the city to buy and sell goods. 
 Some of these hotels are very large and beautiful. 
 
CITIES AND TOWNS. 
 
 8i 
 
 and richly funiislied. The picture shows you the 
 open space that may be seen on the interior of 
 one of them. Such a space is called a court. 
 
 Before night the boys had grown tired with 
 sight-seeing, with the din of wagons on the 
 streets, and the rush of people on the pavements; 
 but they had learned some things about a com- 
 mercial city that they would never forget. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. What is commerce? 
 
 2. After reading this lesson through carefully, 
 
 close the book ahd write, in your own language, 
 what you can remember of the things to be seen 
 in a commercial city. Bring this to the class to 
 read. 
 
 3. From the open book, write, in a column, all 
 the articles of commerce that are mentioned in the 
 lesson. In another column write all the other 
 articles of commerce that you can think of Bring 
 this, also, to the class to read. 
 
 4, Name all the classes of people that you can 
 think of who help in the business of commerce, 
 such as merchants, clerks, etc. 
 
 CITIES AND TOWNS. 
 
 [Have pupils write a description of their own town or 
 neighborhood. Include the direction and distance from 
 San Erancisco and Sacramento by the usual routes of 
 travel. Many of the descriptions below were written 
 for this book by the pupils of schools in the towns 
 described. The distances from San Francisco are the 
 distances by rail, except where otherwise stated. The 
 map questions should be studied before the description 
 of towns. It is not intended that these descriptions 
 shall be memorized.] 
 
 I. San Francisco and Suburban Towns. 
 
 San Francisco is situated at the northern end 
 of a peninsula which is washed on the west by 
 the Pacific Ocean, on the north by the Golden 
 Gate, and on the east by San Francisco Bay. 
 The city stands on the eastern side of the penin- 
 sula, though the unoccupied land belonging to 
 it extends westward to the Pacific Ocean and 
 embraces the whole county of San Francisco. 
 The first settlement was made here in 1777, by 
 the Spaniards, who gave it the name of Yerba 
 Buena (bwa'na) {good herb). Seventy years after- 
 ward the name was changed to San Francisco. 
 The city is chiefly distinguished as a commercial 
 city, and, though ninth in population among 
 the cities of the United States, it ranks fourth in 
 commerce. Its importance as a manufacturing 
 
CALIFORNIA 
 
 A View in Golden Gate Park. 
 
 city is also great, tlie larger part of the manu- 
 factures of the state, except lumber, flour, and 
 liquors, being produced here. The principal 
 business streets are Market, Kearny, Montgom- 
 ery, and Sansome. 
 
 Golden Gate Park is the chief resort for pleas- 
 ure. This park contains more than i,ooo acres 
 of land, most of which is laid out in beautiful 
 grass plats, flower beds, little groves of trees and 
 shrubs, shady walks, and fine roads for driving. 
 Lately, a deer park has been added, and a large 
 space fitted up as "children's quarters," where 
 the little folks amuse themselves with games, 
 ride on the merry-go-rounds or on the donkeys, 
 drive the goat-carts, and enjoy the swings, see- 
 saws, spring-boards, or the May-pole. The park 
 is reached from the city by several lines of cable 
 railways. 
 
 Over 40,000 pupils attend the excellent public 
 schools of San Francisco, and more than 12,000 
 are in attendance upon the private schools. In 
 one of the high schools of the city the pupils are 
 
 taught drawing, and modeling in cla3^ The 
 boys of this school work in wood and iron, and 
 the girls are taught sewing. Drawing, modeling, 
 and sewing are taught to some extent in nearly 
 all the schools of the city. 
 
 The population in 1880 was 234,000. It is now 
 estimated at 315,000. Oakland, Alameda, and 
 Berkeley are suburban cities lying across the bay 
 to the east, in the county of Alameda. San 
 Rafael, another suburban town, is in Marin 
 county, on the north side of the bay. 1 
 
 Oakland, 6 miles from San Francisco, is its most im- 
 portant suburb. From early morning till late at night, I 
 ferry-boats and trains of cars carry passengers every fif- 
 teen minutes between the two cities. A large number 
 of people who do business in San PVancisco reside in 
 Oakland. The climate, like that of most of the cities 
 of the state on the seacoast, is cool and pleasant in sum- 
 mer and without excessive cold in winter. The city is 
 noted for its healthfulness, the beauty of its streets and 
 homes, its parks of live oaks, its excellent public and 
 private schools, including a public high school of the first 
 rank, and its well sustained churches. It is the seat, also, 
 of considerable trade and manufacture. The site of the 
 
CITIES AND TOWNS. 
 
 85 
 
 city is generally level. The population in 1880 was 34,- 
 555. It is now (1890) estimated at 60,000. 
 
 Alameda, 9 miles from San Francisco, lies on the east 
 side of San Francisco Bay, south of Oakland. The cli- 
 mate of Alameda is warmer in summer than that of Oak- 
 land, though cooler in winter. It has half-hourly trains 
 and ferry-boats to San Francisco. It is chiefly a city of 
 residences, many of which are very handsome. It has 
 good public schools, good streets, stone sidewalks, and 
 is lighted by electricity. Its water supply is derived 
 from artesian wells. The population in 18S0 was 5,000. 
 It is now (1890) estimated at 11,000. 
 
 Berkeley, 10 miles from San Francisco, lies north of 
 Oakland, on the same side of San Francisco Bay, and 
 directly opposite Golden Gate. It is a rapidly growing 
 town, and contains the University of California, nu- 
 merous academies, and excellent public schools. The 
 state asylum for the blind and the deaf and dumb is also 
 located in Berkeley. Like Alameda, Berkeley is con- 
 nected with San Francisco by half-hourly trains. The 
 population in 1880 was 2,334. It is now (1890) estimated 
 at about 5,000. 
 
 San Rafael, 15 miles from San Francisco, is a favorite 
 summer resort, and has one of the finest hotels in the 
 state. It is three miles from San Pablo Bay, and is noted 
 especially for its excellent water and fine climate. It 
 has many fine residences and excellent public schools. 
 It is connected with San Francisco by two railroad lines 
 and ferries, which make frequent trips during the day. 
 The population in 18S0 was 2,300. It is now (1890) esti- 
 mated at 3,300. 
 
 II. Thk Capital op the State. 
 
 Sacramento, 90 miles from San Francisco, 
 
 is situated on the left bank of the Sacramento 
 River, just below the entrance of the American 
 River into the Sacramento. It stands in the 
 midst of an extensive, fertile, and highly culti- 
 vated plain, producing orchard fruits, grapes, 
 grain, and hops. Railroads extend from it in five 
 directions. Steamers of considerable size also 
 ascend the river to this point. Manufactures are 
 extensive and growing. The car shops of the 
 Central Pacific railroad, covering, with their 
 yards, thirty-six acres of ground, are located 
 here. Other important manufactures are of flour, 
 
 carriages, and malt liquors. Sacramento has good 
 public schools and a college. The capitol is one 
 of the most beautiful public buildings in the 
 United States. The population in 1880 was 21,- 
 420. It is now (1890) estimated at 30,000. 
 
 III. Towns and Cities North and North- 
 east FROM San Francisco. 
 
 Santa Rosa, 51 miles from San Francisco, is situated 
 on the San Francisco and North Pacific railroad, in a 
 region producing a great variety of fruits and grain. It 
 has an important trade in fruits and wine. It is also 
 noted for its excellent public and private schools. The 
 population in 1880 was 3,616. It is now (1890) esti- 
 mated at 7,000. 
 
 Eureka, 216 miles (by sea) from San Francisco, is a 
 seaport situated on Humboldt Bay. Its chief importance 
 arises from its trade in lumber, lumber products, wool, 
 and butter. The immense redwood forests of Humboldt 
 County furnish most of its lumber. The population in 
 1880 was 2,639. It is now (1890) estimated at 6,000. 
 
 Vallejo (valla'ho), 25 miles by water {2,}) by railroad) 
 from San Francisco, and the largest town in Sola'no 
 County, is at the junction of Carquinez (kar kee'nez) 
 Strait and Napa River. Vallejo is finely located on roll- 
 ing land, and has, on Mare (ma'ra) Island, in front of 
 the town, a United States navy yard, whose operations 
 employ many workmen. Great quantities of wheat and 
 flour are shipped to all parts of the world from its 
 extensive flouring-mills. Excellent pressed brick and 
 terra cotta ornaments for fronts of buildings are sent 
 from the manufactory there. The population in 1880 
 was 6,000. It is now (1890) about the same. 
 
 Napa City, 46 miles from San Francisco, is situated in 
 the southern part of one of the most important grape- 
 growing regions of the state. It is located on Napa 
 River at the head of tide water, and connects with San 
 Francisco both by water and rail. It communicates also 
 by telegraph and telephone. It has a mild climate, and 
 is the center of an extensive fruit and berry region. 
 Napa is about six miles from Soda Springs, and one 
 mile from one of the state asylums for the insane. The 
 Veterans' Home, an institution for the care of disabled 
 soldiers, is located eight miles from Napa City, in Napa 
 County. The important industries are tanning, manu- 
 facture of flour, woolen goods, glue, and wine. The 
 manufacture of wine is the chief of these. The popula- 
 tion in 1880 was 3,731. It is now (1890) estimated at 
 5,500. 
 
86 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Woodland, 86 miles from San Francisco, lies about six 
 miles west of the Sacramento River, in a beautiful grove 
 of natural oaks. Large vineyards, wheat fields, and 
 clover meadows are the chief features of the surround- 
 ing country. The chief trade is in wheat, and the prin- 
 cipal manufactures are woolen goods, flour, malt liquors, 
 wine, and brandy. The buildings are generally handsome 
 and the streets wide and clean. The town is lighted by 
 electricity. The population in 1880 was 2,257. It is now 
 (1890) estimated at 4,500. 
 
 Marysville, 142 miles from San Francisco, is a pleasant 
 town, situated in a fertile region between the Yuba and 
 Feather Rivers at their junction. Most of the grain 
 from the surrounding country is shipped from this point, 
 which is also the center of quite an extensive fruit pro- 
 ducing region. The manufactures are chiefly of woolen 
 goods, flour, and machinery. The canning of fruit is 
 also an important industry. The Feather River is nav- 
 igable to this place, all the year, for light draught 
 steamers, which run between this city and San Francisco. 
 The streets are broad and well graded. The city is 
 lighted by electricity. The population in 1880 was 
 4,341. It is now (1890) estimated at about 6,000. 
 
 Chico, 186 miles from San Francisco, is the largest 
 town in Butte County. It is located on the California 
 and Oregon railroad, about six miles east of the Sacra- 
 mento River. It is a beautiful, well built city, in the 
 center of a fertile region of great extent. It has a large 
 trade in lumber, which is brought from the Sierra Nevada 
 Mountains in a flume forty miles long. Its manufactur- 
 ing establishments are foundries, wagon shops, flouring- 
 mills, and fruit canneries. It has a large trade in wheat 
 and fruit. Chico has excellent public and private 
 schools. Here, also, is located one of the three State 
 Normal Schools. The population in 1880 was 3,300. It 
 is now (1890) estimated at 6,000. 
 
 Redding, 234 miles from San Francisco, the largest 
 town in Shasta County, is situated on the west bank of 
 the Sacramento River, and on the line of the California 
 and Oregon railroad. The town is chiefly supported by 
 the industries of agricultm-e and of placer and quartz 
 mining. The last is rapidly increasing in importance. 
 The population in 1880 was 900. It is now (1890) esti- 
 mated at 3,000. 
 
 Nevada City, 166 miles from San Francisco, is a 
 pleasant mountain town, situated on a clear stream of 
 running water. It was formerly an important mining 
 town, and still possesses rich mineral resources. The 
 public schools have an excellent reputation. The pop- 
 ulation in 1880 was 4,022. 
 
 Grass Valley, 161 miles from San Francisco, is 
 
 situated in Nevada County, about five miles from the 
 county seat. Its quartz mines are the most productive 
 in the state, and are the chief source of its wealth. 
 Much attention is given to public schools. The popu- 
 lation in 1880 was 4,500. 
 
 IV. Towns South, East, and Southeast 
 FROM San Francisco. 
 
 San Jose, 46 miles from San Francisco, is located in 
 the rich valley of Santa Clara. This valley was among 
 the first in the state to be put into cultivation, and is now 
 very highly improved. The country about San Jos^ is 
 covered with orchards and vineyards. Prunes, apricots, 
 peaches, pears, cherries, grapes, and berries are raised 
 in abundance and of excellent quality. The ground on 
 which the city stands is level, and the buildings are 
 attractive. It is situated about six miles from the south- 
 ern end of San Francisco Bay, which removes it from 
 the fogs of the seacoast, but not beyond the cooling airs 
 of the ocean. It has, therefore, one of the most delight- 
 ful climates in the state, and is celebrated for its pleasant 
 homes and beautiful private gardens. It is the seat of 
 the oldest Normal School of California. The population 
 in 1880 was 12,567. It is now (1890) estimated at 21,000. 
 
 Santa Clara, 43 miles from San Francisco, lies three 
 miles west of San Jose, in the same county. It is the 
 seat of Santa Clara College and of the University of the 
 Pacific. A wide and beautiful avenue, called The Ala- 
 meda, lined with shade trees, connects it with San Josd, 
 
 Santa Cruz, 121 miles from San Francisco, situated 
 on the north side of Monterey Bay, is a popular summer 
 resort for pleasure. It has fine sea bathing and charming 
 drives in the mountains, and is surrounded by a well 
 timbered country. The population in 1880 was 3,900. 
 It is now (1890) estimated at 6,000. 
 
 Monterey, 125 miles from San Francisco, is a celebrated 
 pleasure resort, and is situated on the south side of Mon- 
 terey Bay, in Monterey County, having one of the best 
 harbors in the state. An eighteen-mile drive along an 
 avenue bordered by cypress trees is one of its chief 
 attractions to visitors. It is one of the oldest towns in 
 the state, and was the capital of California under both 
 Spanish and Mexican rule. It is also the seat of the 
 old California Mission of Mt. Carmel. The population 
 in 1880 was 1,400. It is now (1890) 2,000. 
 
 San Luis Obispo, 248 miles from San Francisco, is sit- 
 uated nine miles from the bay of the same name, in the 
 midst of a picturesque country made up of steep hills 
 and fertile valleys. The climate is agreeable, not being 
 subject to extremes of heat or cold. The town is lighted 
 
TOWNS AND CITIES. 
 
 87 
 
 "by electricity, has telegraph and telephone communica- 
 tions, and street railways. Its seaport is Port Harford, 
 -with which it is connected by rail. The city is built on 
 the site of the old Mission of San Luis Obispo de Tolosa, 
 which was founded in 1772. The population in 1880 was 
 2,500. It is now (1890) estimated at 3,800. 
 
 Santa Barbara, 285 miles (by sea) from San Francisco, 
 is situated upon a channel of the same name. It is noted 
 for its mild climate, which attracts many people who wish 
 to escape cold winters and hot summers. It has a safe 
 liarbor, easy of access, and is connected with San Fran- 
 cisco by a line of steamers and by the Southern Pacific 
 railroad. Near the city are found the most celebrated 
 ■olive orchards in the state, and the largest bearing wal- 
 nut orchard in America. Lima beans are a leading 
 -product of the surrounding country, and over 1,000,000 
 pampas plumes are sent from here annually. The pop- 
 ulation in 1880 was 3,460. It is now (1890) estimated at 
 ^bout 9,000. 
 
 Stockton, 91 miles from San Francisco, is situated on 
 •Stockton Slough, a short branch of the San Joaquin 
 River. This slough is navigable for steamers, which 
 Ascend the river from San Francisco. Stockton is sur- 
 Tounded by a fertile wheat and fruit region, and has a 
 large trade in wheat and wool. Its manufacturing inter- 
 ests are of the first importance. Natural gas, recently 
 discovered, supplies abundant light and fuel. One of the 
 state asylums for the insane is located here. The public 
 schools, including an excellent high school which pre- 
 pares students for the State University, are among the 
 Tsest in the state. Stockton is rapidly growing. The 
 population in 1880 was 10,000. It is now (1890) esti- 
 anated at 15,000. 
 
 Modesto, 114 miles from San Francisco, is a clean, 
 pleasant town, situated in a large and fertile plain, mostly 
 •devoted to raising wheat. It is important as the ship- 
 ping point for the products of the rich country that lies 
 around it. The population in 18S0 was 1,700. It is now 
 {1890) estimated at 3,500. 
 
 Fresno, 207 miles from San Francisco, in the valley 
 of the San Joaquin River, is the center of the chief raisin 
 growing region of the state, and is also noted for the 
 manufacture of flour. The country around Fresno has 
 been largely settled by colonies, whose members own 
 and cultivate small tracts of land. In this way it has 
 become thickly settled and highly productive. P'or a 
 number of years Fresno has had a rapid growth in pop- 
 ulation and prosperity. The site of the town is level, 
 and the climate in summer is very warm. The popula- 
 tion in 1880 was 2,000, It is now (1890) estimated at 
 10,000. 
 
 Visalia, 248 miles from San Francisco, is a flourishing 
 
 town situated in the midst of a rich farming region. 
 The leading occupations of the surrounding country are 
 fruit culture, stock raising, wheat growing, and lumber- 
 ing. The population in iS8owas 1,412. It is now (1890) 
 estimated at 3,000. 
 
 Bakersfield, 314 miles from San Francisco, is situated 
 in the midst of a fertile region of country, in which the 
 principal industries are stock raising, dairying, and fruit 
 growing, the principal fruits being grapes, prunes, apri- 
 cots, almonds, and oranges. The rainfall is light, and 
 the land is chiefly watered by irrigation from Kern River. 
 It has a fine water power and considerable mineral re- 
 sources. The population in 1880 was 1,500. It is now 
 (1890) estimated at 3,000. 
 
 Los Angeles, 482 miles from San Francisco, was first 
 settled more than one hundred years ago by a few 
 Spanish families from the Mission of San Gabriel, a few 
 miles distant. The city is built on a gentle slope of the 
 Sierra Madre Mountains, about 350 feet above the sea, 
 and midway between the sea and the mountains, being 
 about fourteen miles distant from each. The Los Angeles 
 River flows south through the city, dividing it nearly in 
 the center. The climate of Los Angeles is famed for its 
 agreeableness. In summer the cool breezes from the 
 Pacific Ocean relieve it from excessive heat, and in win- 
 ter the surrounding mountains protect the city from the 
 cold winds of the north. Orchards of the orange, lemon, 
 lime, banana, pomegranate, and all kinds of deciduous 
 fruit trees are found in the suburbs. Thousands of orange 
 trees and grapevines are scattered through the city, and 
 flowers bloom here all the year round. The chief ex- 
 ports are dried and fresh fruits, wool, and hides. During 
 the orange season seventy-five cars loaded with oranges 
 often leave the city in one day. Many lines of railway 
 diverge from Los Angeles, making it the central com- 
 mercial point for Southern California and much of Ari- 
 zona and New Mexico. Its nearest seaport is San Pedro, 
 twenty-five miles distant. The city has several cable 
 systems of street railroad, one electric railway, and more 
 than fifty miles of horse-car road. It is the seat, also, of 
 one of the State Normal Schools. Since 1884 the varied 
 advantages of Los Angeles have attracted a large immi- 
 gration of people, chiefly from the Eastern States. Most 
 of its handsome public buildings, business blocks, and 
 private residences have been erected, and its many miles 
 of street railway constructed, since that time. The popu- 
 lation in 1880 was 11,000. It is now (1890) estimated at 
 60,000. 
 
 Pasadena, 492 miles from San Francisco, is a flourish- 
 ing town of Los Angeles County, situated about seven 
 miles from the city of Los Angeles. It is connected 
 with Los Angeles by a line of street cars and two lines 
 
88 
 
 BRITISH AMERICA. 
 
 Bee Farm near San Diego. 
 
 of railroad. Though laid out since 1880, it has grown 
 into a well built and beautiful town. The country about 
 Pasadena, as well as generally through Los Angeles 
 County, is rich, highly improved, and well watered by 
 
 irrigation. The population of Pasadena is now (1890) 
 estimated at 7,000. 
 
 San Bernardino, 542 miles from San Francisco, has a. 
 beautiful situation on a high plain, which slopes gently 
 toward the southwest at the foot of the San Bernardino 
 Mountains. It is one of the oldest towns in the state. 
 Gardens, orchards, and vineyards surround the town, 
 which is, also, the center of a considerable mining 
 region. Its trade in wine, wool, and barley is consider- 
 able. The population in 1880 was 1,600. It is now 
 (1890) estimated at 7,000, 
 
 Riverside, 554 miles from San Francisco, is an impor- 
 tant town of San Bernardino County, about twelve miles 
 south of San Bernardino, and was founded in 1870. The 
 country about Riverside is particularly adapted to the 
 cultivation of the orange, and Riverside oranges are 
 widely known. Figs, grapes, and other semi-tropical 
 fruits also flourish here. As in most California towns, 
 much interest is taken in the public schools. The popu- 
 lation in 1880 was about 500. It is now (1890) estimated 
 at 6,000. 
 
 San Diego, 608 miles from San Francisco, is the most, 
 important town on the seacoast south of San Francisco. 
 It is situated on San Diego Bay, which furnishes an ex- 
 cellent harbor. It is an old city, having been founded 
 in 1835, and within the last few years has had a rapid 
 growth. It is a favorite resort for invalids, and its 
 hotels furnish attractive quarters for tourists. The 
 great honey producing region of the state is in the 
 vicinity of San Diego. Productive mines of gold and 
 silver have been recently opened in the county. The 
 population in 1S80 was 2,700. It is now (1890) estimated, 
 at 20,000. 
 
 BRITISH AMERICA. 
 
 QUESTIONS ON THE MAP. 
 
 [Questions in italics to be answered from the open map.] 
 
 1. Position and Extent. — In what part of North 
 America is the Dominion of Canada? Between what 
 ocean north and what country south does it lie? What 
 ocean east? What ocean and land west? Name all the 
 waters that form part of the southern boundary of the 
 Dominion of Canada. What part of the St. Lawrence 
 lies wholly in the Dominion of Canada — the upper part 
 or lower part? 
 
 2. Mountains. — What mountain system of the United 
 
 States is found also in the Dominion of Canada? In 
 what part of the Dominion? In what direction does it 
 extend? 
 
 3. Slopes and Rivers. — In traveling from Lake 
 Nlp'igon to Toronto by land would you go mostly up hill 
 or down? Why do you think so? In traveling by 
 land from Toronto to Quebec would you go mostly up 
 hill or down? Why do you think so? How many 
 river valleys lie between the St. Lawrence and the 
 Height of Land? Of what large river valley^ or basin, 
 do all these form a part? In going from the St. Law- 
 rence River along any of these valleys toward the Height 
 
Government Buildings at Ottawa. 
 
 DESCRIPTION. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 If you should travel northward beyond our own 
 country you would enter the Dominion of Can- 
 ada. Here, along the Great Lakes and the upper 
 part of the valley of the St. Lawrence, . may be 
 seen populous cities, well cultivated farms, and 
 thrifty farmers. Nearly all varieties of grain and 
 vegetables and many excellent fruits thrive here. 
 
 Schools and colleges flourish in this part of the 
 Dominion, especially in the province of Ontario. 
 
 Away to the southeast of the Dominion, in the 
 valley of the lower St. Lawrence and along the 
 shores of the Atlantic Ocean, a hardy and indus- 
 trious people are chiefly engaged in lumbering. 
 
 Still further to the southeast, in the province 
 of Nova Scotia, mines of coal and iron give 
 employment to large numbers of the inhabitants 
 and add much to the wealth of the people. 
 
 The Great Lakes, which lie on the southern 
 boundary of the Dominion, together with the St. 
 Lawrence River, give to Canada fine natural 
 advantages for commerce with other countries. 
 The largest ocean steamers ascend the river to 
 
 Montreal. Above this city are swift rapids, so 
 that steamboats are compelled to go through a 
 canal on their trips up the river. On their down 
 trips they "run" the rapids — an exciting and 
 sometimes perilous adventure. In addition to 
 these natural advantages the Canadians have 
 built a system of railroads reaching from Halifax, 
 in Nova Scotia, to the Pacific Ocean. Canada is 
 thus a country of great commercial importance. 
 
 "Running" the Lachine Rapids. 
 
 As you go northward beyond the Height of 
 Land and enter the Arctic Plain the cHmate grows 
 severely cold, and the farmer rapidly gives way to 
 the hunter and trapper. For more than 200 years 
 these hardy and adventurous people have roamed 
 
BRITISH AMERICA. 
 
 91 
 
 over that part of British America lying between 
 the Rocky Mountains and Hudson Bay, tempted 
 by the rich furs of the otter, mink, beaver, and 
 other animals that, in cold countries, contribute 
 so much to the comfort of mankind. 
 
 Fur Trader's House. 
 
 West of the Rocky Mountains, in the province 
 of British Columbia, there are extensive coal 
 fields and rich gold mines. They are found on 
 and near Vancouver Island, in the southwest 
 comer of the province. Nearly the entire popu- 
 lation of the province is found in this part of it. 
 The attractive city of Victoria is its capital. 
 
 Montreal is the largest and wealthiest city of 
 the Dominion. Toronto ranks second in size and 
 wealth. Quebec is the oldest city, and has a his- 
 tory of greater interest than that of any other. 
 
 The provinces of the Dominion of Canada are 
 united under a government of their own, but all 
 Ijelong to Great Britain. The chief ruler is called 
 a Governor-General, and is appointed by the 
 Crown of Great Britain. Ottawa, in the province 
 of Ontario, is the capital of the United Provinces 
 of the Dominion. The buildings erected here 
 for the Canadian parliament are the finest in 
 North America. The government is in many 
 respects like that of the United States. 
 
 Just northeast of Nova Scotia lies the province 
 of Newfoundland. This is also a British prov- 
 ince, though not belonging to the Dominion of 
 Canada. The waters of the surrounding sea are 
 the chief source of wealth to the people of this 
 island. Upon these waters may be seen the white 
 sails of hundreds of fishing vessels engaged in 
 catching herring, which are taken in immense 
 quantities. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. Where are the cities, farms, schools, and 
 colleges of Canada chiefly found? 
 
 2. What grows abundantly in the valley of the 
 lower St. Lawrence and on the Atlantic coast? 
 Why do you think so ? 
 
 3. Where are mines of coal and iron found? 
 
 4. The commerce of Canada is important, and 
 is carried on by means of the St. Lawrence River 
 and the Great Lakes, and by a system of railroads 
 that reaches from the Atlantic Ocean to the 
 Pacific. 
 
 5. North of the Height of Land the climate is 
 extremely cold, and the occupation of the people 
 is chiefly hunting and trapping. 
 
 6. British Columbia is rich in coal and gold. 
 The mines are on or near Vancouver Island, in 
 the southwest part. 
 
 7. Give the chief distinction of Montreal, 
 Toronto, Quebec, Ottawa. 
 
 8. The provinces of British America, except 
 Newfoundland, are united under one govern- 
 ment, called the Dominion of Canada. The 
 chief officer is a Governor-General, appointed by 
 the Crown of Great Britain. What is meant by 
 the "Crown" of Great Britain? 
 
 9. Newfoundland is a British province, but 
 does not belong to the Dominion of Canada. It 
 depends for its wealth mainly upon its herring 
 fisheries. 
 
c o 
 o o 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 ? 
 
 t<^ 
 
 
 
 
 T3 <^ 
 
 _o 
 
 n fe 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ? r, 
 
 D ^H 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 if y 
 
 
 > 
 
 ^ tfi 
 
 a 
 
 S 1^ 
 
 .^^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 M +J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 +j 
 
 
 n 
 
 c 
 
 i 
 
 
 is 
 
 ■a p 
 
 lU 
 
 ^ n 
 
 
 
 3'^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 ^ o 
 
 
 t43 
 
 ii 03 
 
 Id 
 
 
 
 
 ca -»-> 
 
 
 
 
 « -5 
 
 
 O cfl 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 6.y 
 
 
 B 
 
 II 
 
 3 
 
 i? 
 
 « 'iJ 
 
 bjO 
 
 ■*" c 
 
 
 
 (U 0) 
 
 li 
 
 r2 
 
 13 
 
 i" 
 
 
 n1 
 
 <" .s 
 
 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 "§ !U 
 
 o 
 
 1^^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 o 
 
 s ^ 
 
 
 
 '^ Si 
 
 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 X s 
 
 
 
 ^> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <i; « 
 
 
 
 
 P. 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 iC s 
 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o s 
 
 H ^ 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 13 1 
 
 
 s - 
 
 O g 
 
 
 P.8 
 
 (0^ 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 o ^ 
 
 
 
 
 i—i i5 
 
 
 1 <" 
 
 H S 
 
 
 ijl 
 
 (/) •;; 
 
 
 
 W g 
 
 
 w a 
 
 ^ tf 
 
 
 H 
 
 C ii 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 « f^ 
 
 
 
 
MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. 
 
 93 
 
 shores of Central America? What waters surround the 
 West Indies? 
 
 Mountains. — Name the mountains running through 
 Mexico and Central America. Of what mountain sys- 
 tem are they an extension? [See Map of North America.] 
 
 Climate. — In what zones is Mexico? In what part of 
 these zones? In what zone are its principal cities? In 
 what zone are the Central American states? Would you 
 think it warmer near the coast or in the mountains? 
 Why? 
 
 States and Cities. — What is the capital of Mexico? 
 In what part of the country? Where is the city of Vera 
 Cruz (va'ra kroos)? On what waters would you sail, 
 and in what direction from New Orleans to Vera Cruz? 
 Beginning with Guatemala, write, in a column, the 
 names of the Central American states. In another col- 
 umn, opposite each, write its capital. Do the same with 
 the four largest islands of the West Indies. 
 
 Pronunciations.— CSs'ta Ri-ca ; Hon du'ras ; Madre ; Ma na' 
 gua; Nic ar a'gua; Po po ca ta pStl'; Ri'o Grau'de; Yu ca tan^ 
 
 MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Let us sail from New Orleans and enter Mexico 
 at Vera Cruz. This is its principal seaport. It 
 is a strange looking city. Yellow domes and 
 steeples, with patches of green, pink, scarlet, and 
 blue upon them, first attract our attention. Most 
 of the houses have flat roofs, and are painted white 
 or yellow, and grass grows in the cracks of the 
 pavements. 
 
 Along this eastern coast of Mexico the land, 
 for sixty or seventy miles back, is low, and the 
 climate, as we should expect to find it in the 
 Torrid Zone, is hot. As we travel up and down 
 this narrow strip we find the half naked people 
 engaged in the cultivation of sugar cane, cotton, 
 coifee, indigo, bananas, oranges, and pineapples. 
 
 Going west across this narrow strip, so low and 
 hot, we enter the interior of the country by climb- 
 ing the mountain side to the height of a mile and 
 1 half above the level of the sea. If we start 
 from Vera Cruz we go in railroad cars, but from 
 other points on the coast our way will be by mule 
 ])aths. At this height we find a great plain, or 
 table -land, ^ stretching out before us, which oc- 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Mexico and Her Lost Provinces, p. 32, Mexican 
 I'lateau Products and Laborers; p. 175, Climbing PopocatapeU. 
 
 cupies nearly all of Mexico, and here we find 
 most of its population. 
 
 Here, although still in the Torrid Zone, the 
 climate becomes temperate and agreeable. The 
 reason for this you have already learned. Here 
 we shall see great fields of com and other prod- 
 ucts of the Temperate Zone, and laborers, in 
 white cotton, plowing with wooden plows such as 
 were used by the Egyptians thousands of years ago. 
 
 A strange bug is one of the important produc- 
 tions of this region. These bugs feed on a cactus 
 plant, and finally become so numerous as to cover 
 the leaves. The Mexicans then brush them off 
 into bags, kill them in hot water, dry them, grind 
 them, and the powder is the beautiful cochineal 
 that we buy at the drug stores for dyeing. 
 
 In the southern part of this great plain is the 
 beautiful City of Mexico, the capital of the coun- 
 try. Gardens and orange groves surround it 
 and, outside of these, charming lakes sparkle in 
 the sun, and still further off lofty mountains rise, 
 with snowy tops. 
 
 Going west from the City of Mexico, across this 
 plateau, with great mountains rising all around 
 us, we gradually descend again to a low, narrow 
 plain which skirts the Pacific Ocean. 
 
94 
 
 MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. 
 
 The mountain regions of Mexico contain many 
 volcanoes, of whicli Popocatapetl is the most 
 famous. Among the mountains rich mines of 
 gold and silver have been worked for hundreds 
 of years. 
 
 The country of Mexico is a Republic, of 
 twenty»seven states. 
 The people are 
 mostly descend- 
 ants of the early 
 Spanish settlers, 
 with some native 
 Indians, and a 
 mixture of the 
 two, called Mes- 
 ti'zog. 
 
 Cathedral, 
 
 Central America 
 consists of small 
 states, unimportant 
 and often at war 
 wnth each other, 
 lying between Mex- 
 ico and the Isthmus 
 of Panama. In character the people much resemble 
 the Mexicans. Most of the work is done by the 
 Indians and Mestizos under the direction of an over- 
 seer, who would lose caste were he, himself, to do 
 even so much as to carry a letter to the post office. 
 
 2. The cHmate of the eastern strip is hot and 
 moist, of the plateau region temperate and agree- 
 able. 
 
 3. Sugar cane, cotton, coffee, indigo, bananas, 
 oranges, and pineapples flourish on the low, 
 hot plain of the east, while the usual produc- 
 tions of the Temperate Zone are found on the 
 plateau. 
 
 4. The cochineal bug is found on the Mexican 
 plateau in such quantities as to be a leading 
 article of commerce. 
 
 5. The capital of Mexico is a beautiful city, 
 surrounded by orange groves, gardens, lakes, and 
 mountains. 
 
 6. The mountain regions of 
 Mexico contain many volcanoes, 
 and are famous for their mines of 
 gold and silver. 
 
 7. The government of Mexico 
 is republican. The people are 
 mainly of Spanish descent, with 
 some Indians and Mestizos. 
 
 Square of Santa Domingo. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 I . The countrj^ of Mexico consists of a strip of 
 low land along the Atlantic coast, a great body 
 of very high land all through the center from 
 north to south, and a very narrow strip of low 
 land along the Pacific. 
 
 National Palace. 
 
 8. Central America consists of a few small 
 and unimportant states. What is the character 
 of the people, and how is the work done ? What 
 kind of coffee is named for a state of Central 
 America ? 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 95 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 [Before taking the reading lessons let the map on the next page be carefully studied. 
 
 I. Naturai. Divisions and Andes Region. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 South America consists of the Andes Mountain 
 region on the west and a vast plain, with here and 
 there a short, low mountain range, sloping east- 
 ward to the Atlantic Ocean. This plain consists 
 chiefly of the Amazon, Orinoco, and La Plata 
 valleys. 
 
 Start on the map at the southern end of the 
 Andes Mountains and trace them northward. 
 Until you reach the northern part of Chili you 
 find them narrow, consisting of only a single chain. 
 Then they begin to spread out into a number 
 of chains, that run through Bolivia and Peru, and 
 have great table-lands between them. 
 
 In Ecuador they all come together again and 
 make a line of high volcanoes, the famous Coto- 
 ])axi being the highest. 
 
 Once more they divide into ranges, one of which 
 runs on through the Isthmus of Panama, and the 
 other to the Gulf of Venezuela. 
 
 These mountains are the second highest in the 
 ^vorld, and are very steep. Sharp ridges and lofty 
 peaks frequently project from the table-lands, and 
 between these are chasms of frightful depth. 
 
 The only roads^ are narrow paths, and the 
 chasms are crossed by rope bridges. x\ single 
 misstep on one of these dangerous paths would 
 send the traveler down the precipice. 
 
 Where animals can be used, they are mules and 
 r..a'ma§, the latter being among the native ani- 
 mals of this region. Often, however, travelers 
 nmst be carried in chairs strapped to the backs 
 of native Indians. 
 
 I Reading Hour: World by the Fireside, p. 142, Crossing the Andes. 
 Owr IVorld Reader, p. 65, Travel in the Andes. 
 
 Like the western mountains of North America, 
 the Andes contain large quantities of gold and 
 silver and other valuable minerals. 
 
 The climate of the countries bordering on the 
 Pacific Ocean is what the Andes Mountains make 
 it. Though much of the country lies in the very 
 center of the Torrid Zone, the climate is cool and 
 agreeable, except in some places at the foot of 
 the mountains, where it is hot and moist, as in 
 the low lands of Mexico. 
 
 But little rain falls anywhere except northward 
 from Peru.^ Do you wonder what the mountains 
 have to do with the rainfall? The winds of this 
 region are all from the east, and the mountains 
 south of Ecuador are so high that the clouds, 
 loaded with rain, cannot get across; nevertheless, 
 a fog that rises from the Pacific carries consider- 
 able moisture over the narrow strip of land at the 
 western foot of the Andes, and this gives great 
 fertility to its soil. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. Copy and learn the first paragraph. 
 
 2. Of what do the Andes Mountains consist in 
 the southern part of South America? Describe 
 them in Bolivia and Peru. In Ecuador. North 
 of Ecuador. 
 
 3. Describe the mountain roads. How is 
 travel on them conducted ? 
 
 4. What of minerals in the Andes? 
 
 5. Upon what does the climate of the Pacific 
 countries depend ? How do the mountains affect 
 the rainfall in the countries south of Peru ? How 
 do these countries get their moisture? 
 
 1 Reading Hour: On the Amazons (Camping Out Series), p. 21, Why 
 Peru is really an Atlantic state. 
 
ItD.ServoM.Jiijgr.If.y. 
 
THE VALLEY OF THE AMAZON. 
 
 97 
 
 QUESTIONS ON THE MAP. 
 
 [Questions in italics to be answered from the open map.] 
 
 Position and Extent. — In which hemisphere is 
 South America? How are North America and South 
 America joined? If we sail from Aspinwall around 
 South America to Panama, what ocean would we leave 
 in passing around Cape Horn? What ocean would we 
 enter? What bay would we enter at the end of our voy- 
 age? How many miles does an inch of this map stand 
 for? Measure the distance from Cape Gallinas to Cape 
 Horn. What is the distance on the map ? How many 
 miles of country is that? Measure the distance from 
 Cape St Rogue to Cape Blanco. What is the distance on 
 the map ? How many miles of country is that ? How 
 long, then, is South America from north to south? 
 How long from east to west? 
 
 Mountains. — What is a mountain system? What is 
 a mountain chain? Where do you find the great mount- 
 ain system of South America? What is its name? 
 Where do you find other mountains in South America? 
 
 Si^oPES, Rivers, and River Vai^i^eys. — What is a 
 river system? What is a river valley, or basin? How 
 can you tell on the map which way a valley slopes? On 
 which side of the Andes Mountains do the great rivers 
 of South America rise? To what ocean do they find 
 their way? 
 
 Describe the Amazon River. (See model, P34.) On 
 which side of the Amazon are its tributaries longest? 
 What reason do you see for this? What is the region 
 lirained by the Amazon and its tributaries called? In 
 what direction does the valley of the Amazon slope? 
 In what direction do the valleys of its southern trib- 
 utaries slope? With your pencil trace a line around the 
 valley of the Amazon. In the large valley of the Ama- 
 .zon find six smaller river valleys^ and write their 
 names. Point out and give the direction of ten slopes in 
 the valley of the Amazon. Is the mouth of the fapura 
 (hapoo'ra) River in the upper or lower part of the val- 
 
 ley? Why do you think so? Is the mouth of the Xinju 
 {shinggoo) in the upper or lower part of the valley? 
 Why do you think so? Which is higher, the mouth of the 
 Orinoco, or the mouth of the Amazon? hi going from 
 Manaos to Obi'dos, would you go up hill or down? 
 
 Describe the Orinoco River. What country does the 
 river drain ? On which side of the Equator is the Orinoco 
 Valley. Trace a line around the valley of the Orinoco. 
 
 What are the principal tributaries of the La Pla'ta? 
 Near what parallel of latitude does the valley begin? In 
 which direction does it slope? Trace a line around the 
 valley of the La Plata. 
 
 Climate. — In what zones is South America? In what 
 zone-is the larger part of it? In what zone is the valley 
 of the Amazon? Of the La Plata? 
 
 Countries and Towns. — What countries lie mainly 
 in the Andes System? What large country lies mostly 
 in the valley of the Amazon? What countries are found 
 chiefly in the valley of the La Plata? Beginning at the 
 north, write in a column the names of all countries 
 bordering the Pacific Ocean, and opposite each, in 
 another column, the name of its capital. Do the same 
 with the countries bordering the Atlantic Ocean. The 
 same with the countries that have no seacoast. Read 
 from the map the boundaries of all the coutttries whose 
 names you have written. In sailing around South 
 America from Aspinwall to Panama, what important 
 seaports should we pass on the Atlantic Ocean? What 
 on the Pacific? What is usually the chief occupation of 
 people in large seaport towns? 
 
 Thought Que.stions. — In the valley of the Ama- 
 zon would you expect to find the vegetation large and 
 strong, or thin and weak? Why? The wild animals 
 harmless, or fierce and dangerous? Why? In what 
 part of river valleys would you expect to find the land 
 most fertile? 
 
 Pronuxciations.— Ar'gen tine; Bahia (ba e'a) Bo go ta'; Bra zil'; 
 Buenos Ayres (bo'nus a'riz); Cal la o; Ca ra'cas; Cayenne'; Chili; 
 Ec ua dor'; Guayaquil (gwi a keel'); Gui(ghe)a'na; Li'ma; Mon ter 
 vid' e o; Paramaribo: Qui'(ke)to; Ri'o Ja nei'(ne)ro; San ti a'go; 
 Val pa rai'(ri)so; Ven ez ue'(we)la; Uruguay (00 roo gui'). 
 
 II. The Valley of the Amazon. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Travelers have always been much interested in 
 ';he Valley of the Amazon.^ For one thing, it 
 :'s the largest river valley in the world. The 
 great river itself rises within sight of the Pacific 
 
 Ocean, flows across the whole width of the Grand 
 Division, and finally empties into the Atlantic 
 Ocean more water than runs from any other 
 river in the world. The rivers, also, that flow 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Brazil, Amazons, by Smith; p. 2, Water of the 
 Amazon; p. 4, Moisture; pp. 82-86, Rubber gathering; pp. 140-144, 
 United States settlers in the Valley of the Amazon. 
 
 On the Amazons (Camping Out Series), p. 22, Gales on the river; 
 pp. 19, 20, Scenery along the Amazon; p. 163, Cannibal Indians. 
 
 Afloat in the Forest, p. 123, Monkeys. 
 
98 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 into the Amazon are long, and drain very large 
 regions of country. 
 
 For anoth- 
 er thing, no 
 other river 
 valley in the 
 world has 
 forests so 
 thick and 
 vast; climb- 
 ing and flow- 
 ering plants, 
 with foliage 
 and blossoms so bright in 
 color; birds so strange 
 and numerous and so 
 brilliant in plumage; and 
 no other forests are so 
 filled with chattering 
 monkeys, ferocious beasts, 
 and poisonous reptiles as 
 these forests of the 
 Amazon Valley, called 
 selvas. 
 
 So great are these for- 
 ests in extent that if 
 taken up and placed in 
 the United States they 
 would cover the whole 
 country from the At- 
 lantic Ocean nearly to 
 the Rocky Mountains. 
 Let us enter the valley through the mouth of 
 the Amazon. We shall sail up a stream that 
 spreads out over its low banks into marshes and 
 side channels many miles in width; along by the 
 rubber trees, with their white trunks and shining 
 green leaves; through great orchards of ca ca'o 
 trees, from whose fruit chocolate is made, and in 
 sight of the great mahoganies, forty feet high and 
 four or five feet in diameter, that stand on the 
 
 Monkeys Stealing Eggs. 
 
 higher land back from the river. Through all ' 
 this region no day in the year is without rain, 
 and in the upper part of the valley the air is so 
 damp that a gun kept loaded over night can not 
 be fired off. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. The Amazon is the largest river valley 
 in the world. 
 
 2. More water flows through the Amazon River 
 than through any other. 
 
 3. Vast forests, called selvas, cover a large part 
 of the valley. 
 
 4. In the lower part of the valley the river is 
 many miles wide, containing multitudes of low 
 islands. 
 
 5. India rubber trees and cacao trees are found 
 in great numbers on the Imnks. Mahogany trees 
 grow further back from the river. 
 
 6. Thought Questions. — Would you think 
 the air that blows into this valley from the sea a 
 moist or a dry air? Why?. A warm or a cool 
 air? Why? As it goes on up the mountains 
 does it become cooler or warmer? Why? If it 
 becomes cooler what is the effect upon the moist- 
 ure ? Then, in what part of the valley, the up- 
 per or lower, would you expect to find the greater 
 rainfall? 
 
 III. VALI.EYS OF THE ORINOCO AND LA PlATA. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 If you do not remember where the Valley of 
 the Orinoco is, look once more at the map. You 
 will see that, like the valley of the Amazon, it 
 slopes to the east. 
 
 It is separated from the Amazon Valley only 
 by the low Pari'me(ma) Mountains. Indeed, in 
 the western part of the valley, toward the source 
 of the Orinoco River, it is not separated at all, the 
 water at some seasons flowing from the Orinoco 
 into the Amazon, and at others from the Amazon 
 
VALLEYS OF THE ORINOCO AND LA PLATA. 
 
 99 
 
 into the Orinoco, through a river that connects 
 them. 
 
 In Vegetation and Climate this valley differs 
 from the Amazon. Its plains, instead of being 
 covered with forests, are grassy, and are called 
 llanos (lla'nog).^ Instead of daily rains there is 
 a wet season and a dry season. In the wet sea- 
 son the grass is green and luxuriant; in the dry 
 season the earth becomes hard and baked. 
 
 South of the valley of the Amazon you have 
 found the Valley of the La Plata.'' This valley, 
 you will see from the direction of its rivers, slopes 
 to the south. Only a slight elevation of land 
 separates it from the Amazon Vallej^ so that the 
 Orinoco, Amazon, and La Plata Valleys are really 
 one great plain reaching from the Andes to the 
 Atlantic, except where the scattered ranges of 
 mountains in eastern Brazil rise from them. 
 
 The Seasons in this southern valley are two — 
 a wet and a dry; dry when it is wet in California, 
 and wet when it is dry here. The plains of this 
 valley are covered with a coarse grass called 
 pampas (pam'pag). 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I, Direction of the Orinoco Valley from 
 the Amazon Valley. 
 
 2. Direction of its slope. 
 
 3. How separated from the Amazon Valley; 
 how united with it, 
 
 4. Vegetation — climate. 
 
 5. Direction of the valley of the La Plata from 
 that of the Amazon. 
 
 6. Direction of its slope. 
 
 7. Separation from the Amazon Valley. 
 
 8. Union of the three valleys. 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World by the Fireside, p. 114, Electric Eel of the 
 llanos; p. 137, Stories of the llanos. 
 
 Our World Reader, p. 82. 
 
 2 Our World Reader, p. 85. 
 
 9. Seasons of the La Plata Valley. 
 10. Vegetation, 
 
 IV, The Countries of the Andes, 
 
 The countries of South America may be divided 
 into the Countries of the Andes and the Countries 
 of the Plains. The Countries of the Andes are 
 those that border on the Pacific Ocean, including, 
 also, Bolivia, You will notice that the eastern 
 part of Bolivia and Peru lies also in the valley 
 of the Amazon, and that the eastern part of the 
 United States of Colombia is drained by both the 
 Amazon and the Orinoco, 
 
 Though these countries contain many rich 
 mines of gold, silver, and copper, which have been 
 worked for hundreds of years, the principal occu- 
 pation of their people is agriculture, and the grains 
 and vegetables and other products of the Temper- 
 ate Zone are raised here. 
 
 All the qui'nine^ in the world comes from the 
 bark of a tree in Bolivia and Peru, and nearly all 
 the guano (gwa'no), a valuable manure much used 
 in Europe and the United States, is taken from the 
 shores and islands of Peru, The dress goods that 
 we call al p^c'a are made from the wool, or hair, 
 of the alpaca, a species of llama found only in 
 Peru. 
 
 The exports of this region are sent to market 
 mostly from the seaports of Guayaquil, Callao, 
 and Valparaiso. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 IV. I. Groups of countries — how many? 
 What? 
 
 2. Situation of the Countries of the Andes, 
 
 3. Mines of these countries. 
 
 4. Principal occupation and products. "Why 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World by the Fireside, p. 121, A Quinine story. 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 do we find products of the Temperate Zone in 
 the Torrid Zone? 
 
 5. Quinine. 6. Guano. 7. Alpaca. 
 
 8. Seaports. 
 
 V. The Countries of the Plains. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 The six Countries of the Plains, with the ex- 
 ception of Venezuela, are those that lie wholly- 
 
 east of the Andes Mountains. Except the 
 traders and merchants, their inhabitants are 
 almost wholly engaged in agriculture and stock 
 raising. The common productions [See page 102.] 
 
 Animals of South America. 
 For Reading Only: 
 
 Though The Llama belongs to the camel family, it 
 has no hump and is small. . The hair is very woolly, so 
 that a llama looks much more like a long-legged, long- 
 necked sheep than like a camel. It is used as a beast 
 of burden in the Andes, and can carry one hundred 
 pounds fourteen or fifteen miles a day. The alpaca is 
 
 a species of llama. The Armadillo is so named from 
 
 its covering of bony scales, which it presents to an 
 assailant by rolling itself into the shape of a ball, with 
 its armor outside. It is a night prowler, sleeping in 
 the day time. Its legs are very short and strong, 
 and it has been seen running easily about with three 
 
 monkeys seated upon its mail-clad back. The Tapir 
 
 moves mostly at night, feeding on young branches, fruit, 
 and melons. Its hide is thick and tough, and not easily 
 injured by the branches of trees among which it pushes. 
 Its great enemy is the jaguar. When this terrible animal 
 has fastened itself upon the tapir's back, the poor creat- 
 ure's only defense is a rush through the thick brushwood, 
 which frequently dislodges his foe. If this fails, and the 
 tapir can reach the bank of a river or pond, he plunges 
 in and the jaguar is obliged to let go to escape drown- 
 ing. The Ant-eater is a curious creature, sleeping by 
 
 day and prowling by night. It lives on trees, and feeds 
 upon insects found in the bark. These it gathers 
 with its tongue, which, when protruded, looks like a 
 great, red earth-worm, and coils and twists itself about 
 
 as if it were some separate thing alive. The Jag u ar' 
 
 is a beast of the cat family, much resembling the leopard, 
 and is noted for its ferocity and strength. It has been 
 known to kill a horse, drag it sixty yards to a river, 
 swim the river with it, and drag it up the bank on the 
 opposite side and into the wood. It feeds on a variety 
 of animals and birds, but its favorite food is the flesh of 
 the monkey and peccary. Its fur is fine and beautifully 
 spotted. The Boa Constrictor is a magnificent rep- 
 tile, formerly held sacred and worshipped with divine 
 honors. It is often more than twenty feet in length, and 
 kills its prey by winding itself around it, squeezing it to 
 
 Reading Hour: Wood's Mammalia, p. yoo, The Llama; p. 767, The 
 Armadillo; p. 743, The Tapir; p. 774, The Ant-eater; p. 172, The 
 Jaguar. 
 
 Wood's Reptiles, p. 122, The Boa Constrictor; p. 5, The Tortoise; p. 
 75. The Iguana. 
 
 Woods Birds, p. 13, The Condor; p. 507, The Toucan; p. 745. The 
 Penguin. 
 
ANIMALS. 
 
 JTJL 
 
 death. The skin of 
 the boa has a 
 wonder- 
 ful power 
 of expan 
 sion, which en- 
 ables the reptile 
 to swallow ani 
 mals much 
 larger than it- 
 self. The skin 
 is sometimes 
 stretched so 
 thin, when the 
 creature is 
 swallowing its 
 prey, that the 
 shape of its vic- 
 tim can be distinctly 
 traced beneath it.— 
 Unlike other reptiles, 
 The Tortoise (tor'tis) 
 a creature with the skeleton ~'^.;_, 
 outside and the soft parts inside. 
 The backbone and ribs grow out 
 together into large flat bones, which 
 form the upper part of the shell of the 
 tortoise, and are united like the bones 
 of the head in man. The breast bone 
 grows out in the same way, and fornix 
 the shell on the lower side of the crea- 
 ture. It closely resembles the com- 
 mon turtle. Its flesh and eggs, which 
 are a little larger than pigeon's eggs, 
 
 are excellent food. The Iguana is 
 
 a reptile of the lizard family, and is 
 found only in the western hemisphere. 
 It is covered with scales, and lives 
 almost wholly in the branches of trees, 
 although also quite at home in the 
 water. Its flesh has a very delicate 
 flavor, not unlike that of a spring 
 
 chicken. The Condor is the most 
 
 distinguished of the birds of prey, 
 
 being a very giant among them. From 
 
 tip to tip of its wings it often measures 
 
 eleven feet. It is seldom found below 
 
 the line of perpetual snow in the Andes, 
 
 and comes down only when driven by 
 
 hunger. In strength, even when wounded 
 
 it is more than a match for a man. In flight 
 
 the wings of the condor are never seen to 
 
 flap after it is once up. With wings extended, it 
 
 sails for hours in the sea of air above the mountain 
 tops, turning and wheeling by a simple motion of 
 -The Toucan belongs to the group of 
 birds called climbers. The most 
 extraordinary part of these birds 
 is the enormous beak. They are 
 very social in disposition, keep- 
 ing up among themselves 
 an incessant and 
 noisy chat- 
 tering. 
 
 Though 
 
 without 
 
 beauty of 
 
 ^^ their own, 
 
 I^WA^Dl'-^""' ^jjgy neverthe- 
 
 less have a great hatred 
 of birds they deem uglier 
 than themselves, and will 
 often surround and mob 
 
 them. The Nandu is the 
 
 American species of ostrich. 
 (See description of ostrich in Ani- 
 mals of Africa.) The Penguin 
 
 belongs to the family of birds called 
 swimmers. It lives by the seashore in 
 great flocks of thirty thousand or forty 
 thousand. The organization of this great 
 army is very curious. The young birds are 
 placed in one position, the moulting birds in 
 another, the sitting hens in a third, and the 
 clean, or moulted birds, in a fourth, and should a 
 moulting bird come among the last named it is at once 
 driven out. Except when in a hurry, the penguin 
 walks erect, but when frightened, drops at once for- 
 ward, using its wings as forelegs, and running with 
 great swiftness. 
 
 Reading Hour: Animal Memoirs, 
 Condor; p. 7, The Fish Hawk. 
 
 The Giant 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 of the Torrid Zone — sugar, coflfee, cotton — are 
 found in Venezuela, Guiana, and Brazil. Nearly 
 all the coffee used in the world comes from Brazil. 
 Diamonds are found in her eastern mountains and 
 are exported in large quantities. Hides from 
 numberless herds, in both Brazil and Venezuela, 
 are also sent abroad to market. 
 
 From Brazil,^ also, comes nearly all the India 
 rubber that we see in waterproofs, shoes, erasers, 
 balls, bands, and other things. Along the banks 
 of the Amazon the Indians, half-breeds, and 
 poorer whites gather the creamy juice of the 
 India rubber tree, which is a native of the forests. 
 When gathered it is dried, hardened by fire into 
 crude rubber, and sold to the traders and mer- 
 chants of that country, who send it to the mar- 
 kets of the world. 
 
 Another large occupation along the Amazon 
 banks is the cultivation of the cacao tree, and 
 the shipping of its berries to foreign countries to 
 manufacture into chocolate. 
 
 The Argentine Confederation produces mostly 
 cattle and sheep, sending abroad hides, horns, and 
 wool. 
 
 Paraguay and Uruguay are unimportant coun- 
 tries. 
 
 The leading seaport towns of the countries of 
 the plains are Georgetown, Rio Janeiro, Monte- 
 video, and Buenos Ayres, though there are others 
 of some importance. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 V. I . Situation of the Countries of the Plains. 
 
 2. Occupations of the people. 
 
 3. Products of the northern countries. 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World by the Fireside, p. 113, India Rubber. 
 
 On the Amazons (Camping Out Series), p. 24, Character of Bra- 
 zilians; p. 38, Custard Apple; pp. 56, 57, 58, Rubber Tree Forests; p. 
 61, Smoking Rubber; p. 131, Ant-eaters. 
 
 Afloat in tlu Forest, p. 116, Brazil Nuts; p. 159, Vegetable Cow; p. 
 168, Ants; p. 185, Ant-eaters; p. 196, Fish Cow. 
 
 4. Coffee. 5. Diamonds. 6. Hides. 7. India 
 rubber. 8. Cacao. 9. Seaports. 
 
 VI. People — Religion — Government — Edu- 
 cation. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 The ruling People of South America, except 
 in Guiana, are descendants of early Spanish and 
 Portuguese settlers — of Portuguese settlers in 
 Brazil and of Spanish settlers elsewhere. The 
 Spanish and Portuguese languages prevail. 
 
 Great numbers of the native tribes still remain, 
 however, and are employed in the rougher and 
 more disagreeable occupations. Negroes are nu- 
 merous in Brazil, many of them being held as 
 slaves. 
 
 The Roman Catholic Religion prevails. 
 
 The countries of South America, except Guiana, 
 are independent republics. Guiana consists of 
 three European colonies — one Dutch, one French, 
 and one English. 
 
 Of these countries. Chili and the Argentine 
 Confederation are the most advanced in Educa- 
 tion and commercial enterprise. 
 
 Brazil is the largest and most powerful coun- 
 try of South America, and has more trade with 
 the United States than all the rest. One half of 
 all its coflfee crop is sold in this country. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 of 
 
 VI. I. Nationality of the ruling people 
 South America. 2. Exception. 
 
 3. Portuguese — where. 4. Spanish — where. 
 5. Native tribes — employment. 6. Negroes — 
 condition. 7. Religion. 8. Governments. 
 
 9. Education and commerce. 
 
 10. Commerce with the United States. 
 
EUROPE. 
 
 103 
 
 Topical Review of South America. 
 
 Climate. 
 
 Occupations: 
 
 Wi'ite, in yo2ir own language, all of the geog- 
 raphy of South America that yon know, using, as 
 a guide, the following topics: 
 
 People. 
 Countries. 
 
 (Farming, manufacturing, 
 mining, commerce.) 
 
 Animals. 
 
 Position. Mountain Systems. 
 Extent. Drainage: 
 
 (Slopes and rivers.) 
 
 Products: 
 
 (Mineral, vegetable, 
 mal.) 
 
 Cities and Towns: 
 ani- (Location, for what noted, 
 etc.) 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 [Before taking the lessons, " For Reading," the map on the next page should be carefully studied. 
 
 I. Why we are Interested in Europe. 
 For Reading: 
 
 The Grand Division of the Old World that has 
 most in it to interest us is Europe. Perhaps you 
 wonder why. 
 
 In the first place,' we have more trade with 
 Europe than with any other Grand Division. 
 Nearly all of the wheat, com, cotton, coal oil, 
 beef, and other products that we export goes to 
 Europe, and the fine goods for use or for ornament 
 that we import come chiefly from Europe. Be- 
 sides this, 30,000,000 of Europeans speak and 
 write the same language that we do. 
 
 More Americans visit Europe than any other 
 Grand Division. At some seasons of the year 
 you may find more Americans visiting in a single 
 city of Europe than there are people in some of 
 our states. 
 
 More Europeans come to settle here among us 
 than any other people. All the Irish, Germans,' 
 French, Spanish, Italian (itaryan), English, and 
 Scotch people that we know came from Europe. 
 
 But more than all the rest, this country was 
 settled by Europeans, and all the white people 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Seven Little Sisters, p. 104, Louise, the Child of 
 the Western Forest. 
 
 now in it either came from Europe, or are the 
 descendants of those who did. So you see we 
 have good reason to feel interested in Europe. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. Europe interests us more than any other 
 Grand Division, because we have more trade with 
 it, and because so many people of Europe speak 
 our language. How many ? 
 
 2. More Americans visit Europe than visit any 
 other Grand Division, and more Europeans than 
 any other people settle in the United States. 
 
 3. The most important reason for our interest 
 in Europe is that this country was first settled by 
 Europeans, and is now governed by their descend- 
 ants. 
 
 II. Coast Line — Mountains — Glaciers. 
 For Reading: 
 
 In your study of the map of Europe you saw 
 that the water of the sea cuts into the land, 
 making numerous bays and gulfs and leaving 
 many peninsulas, thus giving greater advantages 
 
COAST LINE, MOUNTAINS, GLACIERS. 
 
 105 
 
 QUESTIONS ON THE MAP. 
 
 [Questions in italics to be answered from the open map.] 
 
 Position, Extent, and Form. — In what hemisphere 
 is Europe.!" In what part of the hemisphere? In what 
 direction from the United States? How reached from 
 New York? From San Francisco? In sailing from 
 Hammerfest, at the north of Norway, to Odessa in south- 
 ern Russia, on what oceans and through what straits and 
 seas must you sail? If you were to sail so as to touch all 
 seaport towns that you find on the map, on what waters 
 would you sail? What Grand Division east of Europe? 
 
 How many miles on this map does an inch represent? 
 Apply your ruler and tell how many inches it is from 
 Cape St. Vincent to the extreme northeast of Russia. 
 From the most northerly point of Norway to the most 
 southerly point of Greece. What, then, is the length of 
 Europe, in miles, from northeast to southwest? FYom 
 north to south? 
 
 What is a coast line? Is the coast line of Europe 
 smooth or irregular? What occupation does such a 
 coast line favor? 
 
 Mountains. — What is a mountain system? A mount- 
 ain chain? In Europe do the mountain systems gen- 
 erally run east and west, or north and south? In what 
 part of Europe are the chief mountain systems? Are the 
 ranges longer or shorter than those of South America? 
 In what part of Europe is the country least mountainous? 
 * Describe the position of the Can ta'bri an Mountains. 
 The Pyr'en ees Mountains. The Alps. The Appenines. 
 The Carpathian Mountains. The Cau cas'us Mountains. 
 The Ural Mountains. The Scandinavian Mountains. 
 
 Slopes and Rivers. — How do you tell on the map 
 which way the land slopes? How many general land 
 slopes do you see in F ranee f In what direction does each 
 He? Name the rivers that drain each slope. What is 
 
 the general direction of the slope in Germany? How do 
 you tell? What are the principal rivers of this slope? 
 In what general direction do the Austrian plains slope? 
 Which is the largest river of these plains? What three 
 important rivers have their source near together in the 
 Swiss Alps? In what direction does each flow? In what 
 general direction does the south half of Russia (rtish'e a} 
 slope? The north half? Name the largest three rivers. 
 of southern Russia, and the waters that receive each of 
 them. 
 
 Climate. — In what zones does Europe lie? How do 
 you tell? 
 
 Countries. — Bound the countries of Europe and 
 name their capitals. 
 
 Thought Questions. — Point out the countries that 
 you think are warm. How do the mountains that ex- 
 tend east and west across Europe affect the climate of 
 the countries that lie south of them? Is the Mediter- 
 ranean a warm or a cold sea? Why? What do you sec 
 on the map that helps you to tell any thing of the climate ?' 
 Would you think the winter climate of Great Britain 
 warmer or colder than that of Moscow? Why? The 
 summer climate? Why? In what climate do oats,, 
 wheat, corn, and other food grains grow best? In what 
 part of Europe would you expect to find these? In 
 what climate grapes, oranges, olives, figs, and lemons? 
 In what part of Europe would you expect to find these?' 
 
 Is Europe likely to have many or few good harbors?' 
 Why? Many or few important seaports? Why? What 
 are likely to be the chief occupations of people in sea- 
 port towns? ' 
 
 Pronunciations.— Bal'(bawl)tic; Belgrade'; Ber'lin; B6rn; BOs' 
 porus; Bu cha(ko)rest' ; Cat'tegat; Chris ti a'ni(ne)a; Dardanelles' 
 (nelz); Edinburgh (ed'in bur ruh); Loire (Iwar); Madrid'; R/4ine;. 
 RAone; Seine (sane); Sophia (so fe'a); SkSg'er Rack; The Hague 
 (hag); ViSn'na. 
 
 lor commerce to this Grand Division than to any 
 other. 
 
 You saw that the chief mountain systems run 
 c;ast and west, through the countries nearest the 
 Mediterranean, and that to the north of these the 
 country is mostly a vast plain. 
 
 You saw, also, that the three most important 
 rivers of Europe, the Rhine, the Rhone, and the 
 Danube, though flowing in different directions, 
 liave their sources near together in the Alps of 
 Switzerland; indeed, so near are they that they 
 can all be seen from the same point. 
 
 The Alps, though not the highest mountains in. 
 the world, are the most celebrated. They attract 
 more visitors than all others, and travelers have 
 written many thrilling accounts of their adven- 
 tures among the lakes, snows, and glaciers (gla' 
 seer) of these mountains. 
 
 The glaciers^ are vast masses of ice which move 
 slowly along between the facing sides of mount- 
 ains. They are sometimes called ice rivers., 
 although they never move more than 240 feet in a 
 year, and usually much slower. As the glacier 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World at Home, vol. V., p. 49, Glaciers. 
 
io6 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 passes through the mountain range to a lower 
 level the ice melts slowly away, and forms a clear 
 mountain stream bordered with green grass and 
 flowers. 
 
 A Glacier. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. I. The water of the sea cuts into the land 
 of Europe, making commerce with other coun- 
 tries easy. 
 
 2. The chief mountain systems of Europe run 
 east and west, through the southern part. North 
 of these mountains the country is mostly level. 
 
 3. The Alps are the most celebrated mountains 
 in the world, and are most visited by travelers. 
 
 4. A glacier is a mass of slow-moving ice 
 formed on the slopes of the mountain sides that 
 face each other. As it moves down .to a warmer 
 level, it melts into a mountain stream. 
 
 III. Great Britain. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 The wealthiest, most populous, and most pow- 
 erful nations of Europe are Great Britain, France, 
 Germany, Austria, and Russia. These nations 
 are so strong and great that they are sometimes 
 called "The Five Great Powers." 
 
 The kingdom of Great Britain, including Ire- 
 land, though smaller than the state of California, 
 
 has a population of 30,000,000 of people, 
 you wonder how they can be supported ? Thei 
 land, though very carefully tilled, does not yiel( 
 enough for them to live on from year to yeai 
 Yet Great Britain is probably the richest count: 
 in the world. How can this be ? 
 
 Far below the surface are vast beds of coal, 
 Near by them are also rich mines of iron. Thi 
 means that iron for steam engines, locomotiv( 
 hardware, and all the machinery needed for 
 sorts of factories, is easily got and is cheap. It 
 means that the coal to melt the iron ore and to 
 feed the furnaces of thousands of factories is 
 cheap, also. 
 
 So it has happened that the British people are 
 employed in mining for coal and iron and in 
 manufacturing the iron into ships, locomotives, 
 and rails for railroads, machinery for factories, 
 and all kinds of hardware, to sell. 
 
 Then they use part of their machinery for 
 manufacturing other things to sell — woolen cloth, 
 cotton cloth, linen goods, cutlery, hosiery, and 
 many other articles. It requires a great number 
 of people to carry on this work, and therefore 
 large towns have grown up all over the kingdom. 
 The farming country between these towns is also 
 very thickly settled. 
 
 The business of buying these manufactures 
 and shipping and selling them to foreign nations, 
 and taking their products in exchange, furnishes 
 occupation to many thousands of people, and 
 builds up great commercial cities, like London — 
 the largest city in the world — lyiverpool, and 
 Glasgow. The British are, therefore, the great- 
 est nation of manufacturers and traders in the 
 world. On one river of Scotland 40,000 men are 
 engaged in building ships to enable England to 
 carry on her commerce. Many ships are also 
 built for the merchants of other nations. 
 
 Though there is but little farming country, 
 much attention has been given to raising fine 
 
 1 
 
GREAT BRITAIN, FRANCE. 
 
 107 
 
 horses, cattle, and sheep. Some of the finest 
 breeds of these animals in the United States have 
 been brought from England. 
 
 Shepherd Scene in Scotland. 
 
 The English nation has possessions in all parts 
 of the world. It has been said that "the sun 
 never sets on British soil." Nearly half of North 
 America, all of British India, and the whole of 
 Australia, besides many smaller possessions, be- 
 long to Great Britain. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I. Name The Five Great Powers. In what 
 three things do they surpass other nations of 
 Europe? 
 
 2. What is the language of the people of Great 
 Britain? Size of Great Britain? Population? 
 Wealth? 
 
 3. What of iron? Coal? Why are they 
 cheap? 
 
 4. What industry does the cheapness of iron 
 and coal in Great Britain foster? Make as long 
 a list as you can of articles that are called hard- 
 ware. 
 
 5. What is cutlery? Hosiery? Why are there 
 many large towns in Great Britain ? 
 
 6. What business makes the great commercial 
 
 cities of Great Britain? Name three of these 
 cities. In what two great occupations do the 
 British surpass all other nations ? 
 
 7. Raising of live stock — exported to what 
 country ? 
 
 8. What is the government of Great Britain? 
 What is meant by the sun's never setting on 
 British soil? Name the chief British possessions. 
 
 IV. France. 
 For Reading: 
 
 Go next across the English Channel into the 
 republic of France. {What is the direction?') 
 There you will find an active, intelligent, polite, 
 and economical people. Such a people is always 
 prosperous. 
 
 Though the whole country is only about one 
 third larger than the state of California, it con- 
 tains a population of 36,000,000 of people, and 
 as the climate is favorable, the soil fertile, and as 
 many of the inhabitants are engaged in cultivat- 
 ing it, enough is raised to support them all. On 
 their small farms, generally not more than five 
 acres each, the French raise all the kinds of grain 
 and vegetables that we do in this country. 
 
 In addition to these, in the northern part of the 
 country they raise large crops of flax and sugar 
 beets; and the famous Norman work horses that 
 we see in this country come from the north of 
 France. 
 
 As we travel farther south we come into the 
 region of vineyards, and find on the hillsides 
 men and women and children cultivating or 
 gathering the grapes. 
 
 Still farther south the mulberry trees appear 
 and the silkworm^ is reared, and here the fig and 
 the olive are produced in large quantities. 
 
 France is also rich in mines as well as in soil, 
 
 1 Reading Hour: California Second Reader, p. 286, Silk. 
 
io8 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 especially in mines of lead. Coal and iron are 
 found in the eastern and central parts of the coun- 
 try, but in much less quantities than in England. 
 Fine quarries of marble also abound. 
 
 Though five times as many people are at work 
 on the farms as in the factories, we shall, never- 
 theless, find many thousands of the most skilled 
 workmen in the world engaged in the factories 
 of the large towns. 
 
 These factories are noted for fine goods of all 
 kinds — broadcloths, flannels, laces, carpets, iron 
 and brass wares — but we should especially notice 
 the great quantities of linen goods and beet sugar 
 manufactured in the north, the wines and brandies 
 of the middle section, and the silks in the south, 
 at Lyons and the neighboring towns. 
 
 It will be interesting, also, to remember that the 
 chinaware most famed for its beauty and delicacy 
 is made in France from a fine clay found only 
 there. 
 
 The French have done much to encourage 
 manufactures. Among other things, they have 
 established in many cities, but chiefly in Paris, 
 free schools, in which boys and girls are taught 
 trades. 
 
 In the many large towns of France we cannot 
 fail to notice the signs of vast trade. A country 
 producing so much from its soil and so much 
 from its factories will always have thousands of 
 people engaged in commerce. 
 
 To make commerce easy we shall find, in 
 France, railroads running across the country in 
 every direction, and canals connecting the head- 
 waters of the principal rivers, the Seine, the Loire, 
 the Rhone, and the Rhine. By this means you 
 could, if you wished, enter France in a boat by 
 the Seine River, at Havre (hav'r), travel all about 
 the interior of the country, and go out of it into 
 the Mediterranean Sea by the Rhone, or into the 
 Bay of Biscay by the Loire, or into the North Sea 
 by the Rhine, and never set foot on land from the 
 
 time you started. Look on your map, and see 
 where these canals must be. 
 
 Paris, the capital of France, is the best built, 
 gayest, and most attractive city in the world. Its 
 streets are kept almost as clean as a house floor, 
 and its public gardens, where ever>' one is free to 
 walk or ride, abound in flowers and fountains. 
 
 Animals of Europe. 
 For Reading Only: 
 
 The Reindeer is the most useful animal known to the 
 inhabitants of the extreme north of Europe. It pulls a 
 load of 250 pounds in a sledge over the snow, at the rate 
 of nine or ten miles an hour. The female furnishes milk 
 for food. The number of reindeer owned by a Lap- 
 lander determines his wealth; if a thousand, the owner 
 is one of the rich men of the country; if a few hundred, 
 he is respectable; if only forty or fifty, he is poor and a 
 servant. The food of the reindeer in winter is a coarse, 
 moss-like plant called lichen (liken), for which it digs 
 
 in the snow with its hoofs and horns. The Wolf is 
 
 an animal of the dog kind, a cruel and cowardly beast 
 of prey, even sometimes attacking and devouring one of 
 its own kind. It does not get its prey by springing upon 
 it, like the panther or tiger, but by running it down. 
 When trapped it displays the most abject cowardice. A 
 wolf that had fallen into a pit dug for it was so fright- 
 ened that it made no attempt to injure an old lady who 
 accidentally fell into the same trap. Several species of 
 
 wolf also live in North America. The Brown Bear, 
 
 common in Russia and northern Europe, is, like his 
 American cousin, the Grizzly, a tough fellow to meet. 
 He is hard to kill, even with bullets, and is so quick and 
 powerful in the use of his paws that a hunter once within 
 reach has little chance of escape. When captured young, 
 however, the bear becomes much attached to its owner 
 and friends. The bear often continues to grow till it is 
 twenty years old, reaching a weight of 600 to 800 pounds. 
 
 The fur of the Common Fox is of a reddish fawn 
 
 color, intermixed with black and white hairs. The ani- 
 mal is about one foot high and two and a half feet long. 
 It gives out a very powerful and disagreeable odor, and it 
 seems to be aware that the dogs, in chasing it, are guided 
 by this odor, for it resorts to many cunning tricks to 
 throw them off the scent. So ingenious are many of 
 these devices that "as cunning as a fox" is a common 
 saying. In England a fox chase by the owners of the 
 forests, together with their friends, is a celebrated sport. 
 
ANIMALS. 
 
 109 
 
 The Musk Deer is an agile, sure-footed mountain dweller. It is chiefly valuable for a 
 perfume which it carries, called musk, and which is so powerful that a small piece will 
 
 a room with its odor for years. The Hare is a game animal, and is hunted for sport 
 
 as well as for its flesh, which is prized as a delicacy. Its average 
 weight is about eight or nine pounds. The favorite mode of 
 hunting the hare is with a band of horsemen and a pack of 
 dogs, the swiftness of the animal making the sport exciting. 
 The hare feeds on grass, vegetables, and tender plants, and 
 
 is often very troublesome to orchards and gardens. 
 
 The Chamois (sham'my) is often called a goat, but is 
 in reality a species of antelope. Hardy hunters pursue 
 it among the cliffs and precipices of the Alps, but only 
 those who can tramp and climb for days in the ice 
 and rocks and snow can hope to come within even 
 long rifle shot of the little leaper. L,ike 
 the American antelope, the 
 chamois lives and travels .^^ ',« j^ ^^ 
 
 in herds. The Ibex '— ■ 
 
 is another Alpine ani- 
 mal, but of the goat 
 family. It is 
 fully as active 
 and wary as the 
 chamois, and 
 addition, will some- 
 times, if closely 
 pressed, turn upon the 
 hunter and strike him 
 from the rock or cliff 
 on which he stands. 
 The ibex 
 lives in 
 bands 
 
 sack of 
 fill 
 
 of five or ten individuals. The Cretan Sheep is a 
 
 S])lendid animal of southern Europe and western Asia. 
 It is covered by a soft, woolly undercoat, protected by 
 long, drooping hairs. The wool is extremely fine in 
 
 quality, and is employed in the manufacture of warm 
 cloaks, almost impenetrable by the cold. 
 
 Reading Hour: Wood's Mammalia, p. 690, the Reindeer; p. 325, 
 The Wolf; p. 391, The Brown Bear; p. 332, The Fox; p. 703, The Musk 
 Deer; p. 581, The Hare; p. 650, The Chamois; p. 668, The Ibex. 
 
no 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 IV. I. What is the government of France? 
 What is the character of the people of France? 
 
 2. Size; population; climate; soil; variety of 
 product. 
 
 BH|B|ll|ULn^s|^^^BF^^ 
 
 M 
 
 55^^^^^^^'T^''^ ^"^f 
 
 ^ 
 
 Public Garden near Paris. 
 
 3. Copy and fill out this diagram with the 
 products of France: 
 
 Northern Section , 
 
 Middle Section 
 
 Southern Section 
 
 4. Name the minerals of France. What of 
 coal and iron? 
 
 5. Compare the number of people on farms 
 with the number in factories. 
 
 6. For what are the factories generally noted ? 
 Make a diagram like the above for the manufact- 
 ures of Southern, Middle, and Northern Sections 
 of France. Why do we not find the manufacture 
 of wines and brandies in the Northern Division ? 
 Why not of linens in the south of France ? 
 
 7. Chinaware. 
 
 8. How are manufactures encouraged? 
 
 9. What makes France a commercial country? 
 
 10. Tell how commerce is made easy in France. 
 If you enter France by the Seine River, and go 
 out by the Loire, what water do you leave when 
 you enter, and into what water do you go when 
 you leave? If you go out by the Rhone, into 
 what water do you go ? If by the Rhine? 
 
 11. What of Paris? 
 
 V. Germany. 
 For Reading: 
 
 Directly east of ' ' Sunny France " lies the most 
 powerful country of Central Europe — the Empire 
 of Germany. If we enter it upon its southern 
 side, from France, we shall find ourselves upon 
 its highest mountains. Turning our steps north- 
 ward, we shall come upon lower mountain ranges, 
 and then upon lower ones still, till we come down 
 upon the broad plains sloping to the North Sea 
 and the Baltic Sea. 
 
 As we go northward the climate changes also. 
 In the mountains the valleys are warm and the 
 winters short, while on the northern plains the 
 cold in winter is so intense that for several months 
 in the year the rivers are covered with ice so thick 
 as to bear loaded wagons. The climate is health- 
 ful, however, and the Germans are a strong, hardy 
 race of industrious people. 
 
 Their country" is a little larger than France, 
 and they have about 6,000,000 more people. 
 Their soil is less fertile, and their climate less 
 favorable for field culture. Nevertheless, by 
 their great industry and by good methods of 
 working their land, they raise enough of the 
 grains, vegetables, and fruits common in the Tem- 
 perate Zone to supply nearly all their food, though 
 most of the laboring people live very poorly. 
 Sugar beets are more extensively raised, and beet 
 sugar more largely manufactured, than in any 
 other country. Horses, cattle, hogs, and sheep 
 
GERMANY, AUSTRO-HUNGARY, RUSSIA. 
 
 are raised in immense numbers ; and the valley of 
 the Rhine,' the most beautiful valley of Europe, 
 is famous for its vineyards and its wines. 
 
 Next to England, Germany, in mines and man- 
 ufactures, is the richest country in Europe. It 
 has a large trade with foreign nations, mostly 
 with England. Besides the great variety of its 
 other products, it has, like California, large 
 ■quantities of wine and hops to sell to other coun- 
 tries. 
 
 The people' of Germany are especially distin- 
 guished for two things — their great army, and 
 their common schools. More attention is given 
 to education than in any other country of Europe. 
 
 Berlin, the capital of Germany, is the third city 
 of Europe in population. It is a handsome city, 
 and is distinguished for its schools, its public 
 libraries and museums, and its manufactures. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 V. I . The surface of Germany is mountainous 
 in the south and level in the north. 
 
 2. The valleys in the mountains have warm 
 summers and short winters. The winters on the 
 northern plain are cold and long. The climate 
 is healthful. 
 
 3. Germany is a little larger than France, but 
 is less fertile. Nearly enough is raised in Ger- 
 many for the food of the people. What of live 
 stock? The valley of the Rhine? 
 
 4. In mines and manufactures how does Ger- 
 many compare with other countries? In what 
 does it resemble California ? 
 
 5. For what are the Germans especially distin- 
 guished ? 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Seven Little Sisters, p. 89, IvOuise, the Child of the 
 Beautiful Rhine. 
 
 Our World Reader, p.86, The Rhine. 
 
 2 Reading Hour: Life Among the Germans, p. 21, Birthdays; pp. 
 194-195, A School Kxaniination; p. 199. How Girls Study Sewing; pp. 
 "♦-55> A. German Kitchen; p. 139, A New Year's Party. 
 
 6. Write six facts about Berlin, and number 
 them. 
 
 VI. AUSTRO-HUNGARY. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Starting from southern Germany and going 
 eastward we pass into another of The Five Great 
 Powers — the empire of Austro-Hungary. This 
 is the most mountainous country of Europe, ex- 
 cept Switzerland. 
 
 We shall find Austria covered with heavy for- 
 ests, and fields of such grain as is usually found 
 in the Temperate Zone. 
 
 Like most mountainous countries, she is rich 
 in mines, especially in salt' mines. The largest 
 of these, near Cracow, consists of four under- 
 ground floors, one below another, each nearly two 
 miles long and more than half a mile wide. On 
 these floors are numerous lofty aisles and galleries, 
 hewn out of rock salt. One of the chambers in 
 this mine is fitted up as a chapel, with pulpit, 
 altars, columns, and statues, of salt. The mine 
 has been worked for more than 700 years. 
 
 As in most old and wealthy countries, the 
 people are busy, also, with manufactures, and 
 the cities contain many very elegant buildings, 
 both public and private, as well as interesting 
 ancient castles, cathedrals, and universities. 
 
 Vienna, the capital, is the fourth city of Europe 
 
 VII. Russia. 
 For Reading: 
 
 Russia, the largest of The Five Great Powers, 
 comprises half of Europe and a large part of Asia, 
 and six Russias would cover all the land in the 
 world. 
 
 It is mostly lowland plain. The pine forests 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Aunt Martha's Corner Cupboard, p. 92, The Story 
 of Salt. 
 
EUROPE. 
 
 of the nortli contain many wild animals, and the 
 people there are chiefly engaged in cutting wood 
 and producing tar, pitch, and potash. 
 
 In the south rich lands yield, beside other crops 
 of the Temperate Zone, vast quantities of wheat, 
 most of which is exported through the port of 
 Odessa, on the Black Sea. In the export of wheat 
 Russia ranks next to the United States. 
 
 A Russian Coachman. 
 
 The Russians are large in stature. In character 
 they are strong and rather fierce. The govern- 
 ment is a despotism. The chief ruler is called a 
 Czar. His winter palace in St. Petersburg^ will 
 accommodate 6,000 people. The poorer classes 
 are much degraded. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 VI. I . Austria is the most mountainous coun- 
 try of Europe, except Switzerland. 
 
 2. Heavy forests and large fields of grain cover 
 much of the country. 
 
 3. Tell what is said of the mines. 
 
 4. With what shall we find the Austrians busy? 
 What sort of countries are usually busy in this 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Ttu World; its Chief Cities and People, p. 226, 
 Russia. 
 
 way? What of Austrian cities? What should 
 you think the exports are ? Why ? 
 
 VII. I. In what Grand Divisions is Russia?" 
 Compare it in size with Europe. With the land 
 of the earth. 
 
 2. Surface. Occupations and products of the; 
 north. [Find in the dictionary what potash is.'\ 
 
 3. Soil in the south. Principal product. Wheat 
 in Russia and the United States. 
 
 4. Size and character of the Russian people. 
 Chief ruler. 
 
 VIII. Sweden and Norway — Denmark — 
 Holland — Belgium. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Lying to the north of The Five Great Powers 
 are the kingdoms of Sweden and Norway, 
 Denmark, Holland, and Belgium. 
 
 The people of Norway live chiefly by the prod- 
 ucts of their forests, fisheries,^ and mines. The 
 country is too cold and barren to produce large 
 crops. Sweden has more land fit for cultivation 
 than Norway, and raises grain and potatoes for 
 export. Swedish iron and steel are the finest iai 
 the world, and are exported to other countries^] 
 Both countries are under one king. 
 
 The people of Denmark, called Danes, live 
 chiefly by hunting and fishing. 
 
 A large part of Holland^ was once under the^ 
 sea. Great walls of earth, called dikes, which 
 have been built along the seashore, now keep the 
 ocean from overflowing the land. Holland is 
 famous for its beautiful meadows, its cows, butter 
 and cheese, and its fine breeds of cattle. The 
 Holstein cows, of which there are many in Cali- 
 fornia, were first brought to this country frora^ 
 Holland. 
 
 1 World at Home, vol. V., p. 13, Curious Things about Fisheries. 
 
 2 Reading Hour: Holland, by de Amicis. 
 
COUNTRIES SOUTH OF THE FIVE GREAT POWERS. 
 
 "3 
 
 Belgium is a little country full of busy people. 
 It is so thickly settled as to be almost one great 
 city. It is especially famous for its carpets and 
 
 Norwegian Farm Houses. 
 
 laces. There are in Belgium 900 schools to teach 
 the art of lace making, and some of the finest 
 laces of Brussels sell for $350 a yard. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 VIII. I. Name the countries lying north of The 
 Five Great Powers. What is their form of gov- 
 ernment ? 
 
 2. How do the people of Norway live? Ex- 
 ports of Sweden. Both countries are under one 
 king. 
 
 3. Who are the Danes, and how do they live? 
 
 4. What is a dike? How is Holland saved 
 jrom the sea ? For what famous ? Describe any 
 Holstein cattle 3''OU have seen. 
 
 5. Belgium is the most thickly settled country 
 of Europe, and is famous for carpets and laces. 
 
 IX. Countries South of the Great Powers. 
 For Reading: 
 
 The remaining countries of Europe, except 
 Switzerland, are found in the three peninsulas 
 
 that project southward from The Five Great 
 Powers. 
 
 Spain^ and Portugal, two kingdoms of the 
 western peninsula, were once powerful nations, 
 with large possessions. They are now feeble 
 governments, and their people are not pros- 
 perous. They produce for export, wool, silk, 
 olives, oranges, figs, and wine. Cork is obtained 
 in the southern part of Spain from the bark of a 
 kind of oak. There are still in Spain some relics 
 of its old grandeur. The capital, Madrid, is said 
 to contain the finest picture gallery in the world. 
 
 Italy, which occupies the central peninsula of 
 southern Europe, was once a powerful empire. 
 Here the ancient Romans lived. Americans now 
 visit Italy mainly for the sake of what is to be 
 seen in its famous old cities. Rome is interesting 
 as the seat of the ancient empire of the Roman 
 people and the home of the Pope, the head of the 
 Roman Catholic church throughout the world. 
 Venice is built on islands, and has canals for 
 streets. Florence is the most celebrated city for 
 its works of ancient art, and Genoa was the birth- 
 place of Columbus. The industries of Italy are 
 not important. The products consist chiefly of 
 olive oil, rice, wheat, silk, and macaroni. 
 
 Making Macaroni. 
 
 The empire of Turkey occupies, with Greece, 
 
 I Reading Hour: Spain, by de Amicis, p. 231, Toledo. 
 
114 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 the eastern peninsula of southern Europe. The 
 manners and customs of the Turks more resemble 
 those of Asiatic countries than those of European 
 nations, and a large part of the Turkish Empire 
 lies in Asia. The people are mostly poor and 
 miserable, and g]»eatly oppressed by their govern- 
 ment. The soil is fertile, and the products are 
 the same as those found in the other peninsulas 
 of southern Europe. The chief ruler is called a 
 Sultan. 
 
 Constantinople,^ the capital, looks from a dis- 
 tance very bright and gay with its religious tem- 
 ples, slender, shining spires, and large cypress 
 trees, but its streets are merely crooked, narrow, 
 dirty, unlighted lanes, and its houses are low and 
 small. Dogs are regarded as almost sacred. 
 
 Roumania, Servia, Bulgaria, and Monte- 
 negro were until recently under the rule of the 
 Turks. They are now independent. 
 
 Greece, though never having large possessions, 
 was, in ancient times, the most celebrated country 
 in the world for the braver^', learning, and oratory 
 of its people. The temples and public buildings 
 of the old Greeks have ever since their time been 
 the models used by civilized nations in building. 
 This country, once so famous, is now unimpor- 
 tant. Athens, the capital, is now noted only for 
 its ruins. 
 
 Between the southern peninsulas and The Five 
 Great Powers we find Switzerland. This is a 
 romantic little country situated among the highest 
 mountains^ of Europe. It has been for many 
 hundred years the home of a brave, hard working 
 people, who have held their mountain homes 
 against the strongest nations that have sought to 
 invade them. It is too broken in surface to be a 
 rich country, but in its valleys are fine pastures 
 where many cattle are raised, making butter and 
 cheese the chief products of -the farm. Switzer- 
 land is also famous for its manufacture of watches 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Constantinople, by de Amicis, p. io8, Dogs. 
 iOur World Reader, p. 70, The Alps and their People. 
 
 and toys, the latter employing the peasants during 
 the long winter evenings. The government is. 
 republican. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 IX. I. Name all the countries of Europe south.] 
 of The Five Great Powers. In what natural^ 
 divisions are most of them? What exception? 
 
 2. Spain and Portugal — kind of government;! 
 situation; former condition; present condition;; 
 exports; cork. 
 
 3. Where is Italy situated? Write in one col- 
 umn a list of its famous cities, and opposite each] 
 write for what it is famous. Products of Italy. 
 
 4. What six countries make the southeastern.] 
 peninsula of Europe? Character and condition.] 
 of the Turks. Chief ruler. 
 
 5. For what was ancient Greece famous? What! 
 of its present condition? 
 
 6. Switzerland — situation; character of people; 
 chief farm products; winter employment. 
 
 Write the names of all the countries of EuropCy j 
 and the names by which their people are called^\ 
 thus: 
 
 England Englishmen. 
 
 Spain Spaniards. 
 
 TopicAiv Review of Europe. 
 
 Write, in your own language, all of the geog 
 raphy of Europe that you know, using, as 
 guide , the following topics : 
 
 Position. Products: 
 
 TA - . (Mineral, vegetable, ani- 
 
 mal.) 
 Mountain Systems. ^ 
 
 Occupations: 
 
 Drainage: (Farming, manufacturing^ 
 
 (Slopes and rivers.) mining, commerce.). 
 
 Climate. Countries. 
 
 - Cities and Towns: 
 
 ^ ' (Location, for what note 
 
 Animals. etc) 
 
NATURAL FEATURES. 
 
 115 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 [Before taking the lessons, " For Reading," let the map on the next page be carefully studied.] 
 
 I. SizK — Surface — Climate — People. 
 For Reading: 
 
 We now come to the largest of the Grand Di- 
 visions, that of Asia. It is about twice as large 
 as North America, and four times as large as 
 Europe. There are many reasons why we should 
 be curious to know something of Asia. In the 
 first place, it is supposed that the human race had 
 its beginning there. Every great religion in the 
 world, also, began in Asia. Another interesting 
 fact is that the domestic animals — the horse, the 
 cow, the sheep, the goat, the hog, and the "barn- 
 yard fowls" — were first known in Asia. 
 
 In surface and climate Asia is divided into three 
 belts, extending east and west across the Grand 
 Division. 
 
 The most northerly of these belts consists of 
 the vast plain that slopes to the Arctic Ocean, 
 and possesses, through nearly its whole extent, 
 a climate of excessive cold. 
 
 The central belt consists, for the most part, of 
 the great plateau region upon which the lofty 
 mountains of Asia stand, and its climate is marked 
 by cold winters and hot, dry summers. From the 
 plateaus of this region rise mountains with peaks 
 higher than any bird can fly — the highest mount- 
 ains of the world. Mt. Everest, a peak of the 
 Himalaya, is five and a half miles high. 
 
 The southern belt, which lies south of the great 
 central mountain system, embraces the peninsulas 
 of southern Asia, and is mostly a level country, 
 with a hot and moist climate. 
 
 Asia contains more than half of all the people 
 of the globe, and nearly the whole of this popu- 
 lation is crowded into the southeastern part. 
 Here, in the countries of British India, Indo- 
 
 China, Japan, and the eastern half of the Chinese 
 Empire, are nearly 800,000,000 of people. In 
 the east the inhabitants are mostly of the Mon- 
 golian race; in the west they are of the Caucasian. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I . Comparative size of Asia. 
 
 2. Three things that make Asia of interest to 
 us. 
 
 3. How is Asia divided in surface and climate? 
 
 4. Surface and climate of northern belt. 
 
 5. Of central belt. 
 
 6. Of southern belt. Of what natural divisions 
 does southern Asia consist? Compare it with 
 Europe in this respect. 
 
 7. Population of Asia. 
 
 8. Races of Asia and their locality. 
 
 II. Siberia and the Chinese Empire. 
 For Reading: 
 
 Siberia, the most northerly country of Asia, is 
 a Russian possession. It is larger than the whole 
 of Europe or the United States. The northern 
 part consists of a mossy plain, frozen solid the 
 greater part of the year, and even in the short 
 summer thawing out only a few inches below the 
 surface. Here the reindeer, white bear, and black 
 fox are found. 
 
 South of this plain is a belt of heavy forest, 
 with narrow, fertile strips along the rivers. Sable, 
 beaver, ermine, marten, and other fur-bearing ani- 
 mals abound, and people live mostly by hunting, 
 trapping, and fishing. 
 
 Still further south lie grassy plains, called 
 
SIBERIA AND CHINESE EMPIRE. 
 
 117 
 
 QUESTIONS ON THE MAP. 
 
 [Questions in italics to be answered from the open map.] 
 
 1. Position, Extent, and Form. — In what hemi- 
 sphere is Asia? How would you reach it from San 
 Francisco? What oceans wash its northern, eastern, 
 and southern shores, and what Grand Division consti- 
 tutes its western boundary? Passing along the coast of 
 Asia from the Isthmus of Suez to Bering Strait^ name 
 the gulfs ^ seas, straits, and bays that border it. 
 
 What is the scale of this map of Asia? Is it drawn on 
 a larger or smaller scale than the map of Europe, p. 104? 
 Asia is longest from southwest to northeast; measure the 
 map and find the length of Asia from the Strait of Babel- 
 mandeb to Bering Strait. Measure from North East 
 Cape to Cape Roumania and find the width from north 
 to south. Compare these extents with those of Europe. 
 
 Name the five peninsulas partly surrounded by the 
 waters that wash the shores of Asia, Is the coast line 
 of Asia smooth or irregular? Is it more or less so than 
 that of Europe? 
 
 Write all the information you have gained 
 from a study of the preceding questions. 
 
 2. Mountains. — What is a mountain system? What 
 is the general direction of the Hindoo Koosh, Himalaya 
 (him a'la ya), Thian Shan (te an' shan), and Altai (al'ti) 
 Ranges — east and west, or north and south? In what 
 part of Asia are they? 
 
 3. Sl^OPES AND Rivers. — What is a slope? How is 
 
 l| 
 
 sie 
 
 steppes, inhabited by roving bands of Tartars, 
 with their flocks and herds. Some fertile val- 
 leys, in the southern part, produce the usual 
 crops of the Temperate Zones. In the mountain 
 regions of the east and south there are rich mines 
 of gold, silver, and other minerals. These give 
 to Siberia its chief value. They are owned by 
 the Russian Government, and are worked chiefly 
 by exiles condemned to this service. Nearly all 
 the inhabitants of Siberia are exiles from Russia, 
 or their descendants. 
 
 In the Chinese Empire^ nearly the entire pop- 
 ulation lies south and east of the great wall that 
 you see on the map. This is the most fertile 
 
 the direction of a slope told on a map? Study the map 
 and tell how many great ocean slopes Asia has. What 
 is the direction of each slope? In what part of Siberia 
 is the land highest? 
 
 What is a river system? Which is the principal river 
 of any river system? What is a river basin? What are 
 the three principal river systems of the Arctic, or Sibe- 
 rian Slope? Of the Pacific, or China Slope? Four of the 
 Indian Slope? Describe the principal river of each sys- 
 tem. 
 
 Write a short composition to tell what you have 
 learned from answers to questions under ''Slopes 
 and Rivers." Omit the last question. 
 
 4. CwMATE. — In how many zones does Asia lie? In 
 which zone is the greater part of Asia? How do you 
 tell? Which of the great slopes of Asia do you think are 
 warm, and which cold? What climate should you expect 
 to find in the high mountain regions of the central part? 
 
 5. ISI.ANDS. — What country of Asia consists of islands? 
 In what direction is it from the mainland? What group 
 of islands southeast of Asia? What large island south- 
 east of Indo-China? What island south of the Malay 
 Peninsula? 
 
 Bound Siberia, China, India, Arabia, Per'sia {she a'), 
 Afghan is tan', Bel 00 chis tan'. Locate the following 
 cities: Tobolsk', Yo ko hd'ma, To'ki b, Pekin, Canton, 
 Shang'hai (hi), Calcutta, Mecca, Muscat, Damascus. 
 Which of these are capitals? Of what countries? 
 
 Pronunciations.— A moor'; Brah ma poo'tra; Cam bo' di a; Co- 
 re'a; GSn'ges; Ho ang ho'; Kam chat'ka; O'bii; O k/45tsk': Per' 
 si an; PhU'ip pine; Suez'; T5n quin' (keen); Yang tse ki ang'; 
 Yen e se'i (sa'e). 
 
 II 
 
 Reading Hour: Our World Reader, p. 138, About China. 
 
 part of the empire. Although less than half as 
 large as the United States, it contains about one 
 fourth of the entire population of the globe. 
 The wall, which separates it from the rest of the 
 empire, was built by the Chinese 2,000 years ago, 
 to keep out their old enemies, the Tartars. It is 
 twenty-five feet high, and so wide that six horse- 
 men can ride abreast on it. Over mountains, into 
 deep valleys, across rivers and every obstacle, this 
 wall extends for more than 1,200 miles. 
 
 The Chinese^ are a well educated and indus- 
 trious people, but not inventive in machinery. 
 Nearly all their beautiful wares are made by hand. 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Seven Little Sisters, p. 59, The Story of Pense; 
 When I was a Boy in China, p. 26, China Cookery; p. 50, China Schools. 
 
Ii8 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 More than 2,000 years ago they knew the art of 
 printing, of making silks, gunpowder, and paper, 
 and had invented the mariner's compass and 
 
 A Chinese Village. 
 
 clocks. The manufacture of silk, linen, porcelain, 
 and a multitude of fancy articles, is extensive, 
 but the Chinese are mainly engaged in farming, 
 producing, chiefly, tea,^ rice,'^ cotton, and silk- 
 worms. Next to rice and silk, the bamboos of 
 China bring the largest revenue to the country. 
 Farming is held in high reverence. Once a year 
 the Emperor and the nobles plow a furrow, as an 
 example to the workmen. The Empress raises 
 silkworms and spins the silk, that other women 
 may not be too proud to labor. The country is so 
 
 1 Aunt Martha's Corner Cupboard, p. 45, The Story of the Tea. 
 
 2 Aunt Martha's Corner Cupboard, p. 117, The Story of the Rice. 
 
 crowded with people that the hillsides are terraced 
 and the rocks covered with earth to gain ground 
 for cultivation, and the bottoms of the rivers are 
 planted with roots for food, while millions of 
 people live on rafts on the rivers. The Chinese 
 are great traders. The rivers and numberless 
 canals are crowded with vessels of all sizes, en- 
 gaged in carrying articles of traffic from one 
 province to another. The chief foreign trade of 
 China is with Great Britain. The trade with the 
 United States is next in importance. China has 
 also a large trade with Russia, which is conducted 
 by great caravans passing over the mountains 
 into Siberia and on through to Russia in Europe. 
 Shanghai and Canton are the chief commercial 
 cities. Pekin, the capital, is the largest city, and 
 the one of which the Chinese are most proud. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 II. Describe Siberia by copying the following 
 outline and filling it out as the first two items 
 are filled: 
 
 1. Government. — Governed by Russia. 
 
 2. Comparative Size. — It is larger than the 
 whole of Europe or the United States. 
 
 3. Northern Belt. 5. Southern Belt. 
 
 1. Surface. — ... i. Surface. — . . . 
 
 2. Climate. — ... 2. Tartars. — . . . 
 
 3. Animals. — ... 3. Crops. — .... 
 
 4. Middle Belt. 6. Mines. 
 
 1. Kind of country. — i. What. — .... 
 
 2. Animals. — ... 2. Where. — .... 
 
 3. Occupation. — . . 3. How worked. — 
 
 7. In what part of China is most of the popu- 
 lation? Extent of population. 
 
 8. Describe the Chinese wall. 
 
 9. Character of the Chinese. Manufactures. 
 Chief occupations. Trade. Chief cities. 
 
JAPAN AND INDIA. 
 
 119 
 
 III. Japan and India. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 As we sail from San Francisco to Asia we shall 
 land first in the Island Empire of Japan, in the 
 harbor of Yokohama. Ships of all nations, gay 
 with flags, will greet us here, for the Japanese, 
 unlike the Chinese, welcome the foreigner. The 
 Japanese are also much more enterprising, and 
 have introduced railroads, telegraphs, and many- 
 other foreign inventions. The productions of the 
 soil are about the same as those of China, and the 
 same may be said of the manufactures. In the 
 populous parts not a foot of land is allowed to go 
 to waste. In the wooded sections camphor, pine, 
 cypress, live oak, cedar, maple, bamboo, and yew 
 trees abound. The bamboo is used in every art, 
 and is the most important tree in the country. 
 
 The traveler in Japan has many interesting 
 things to tell of his observations among the 
 people. Everywhere he goes along the streets of 
 the cities, he finds the doors of the houses open 
 and the amusements and employments of the 
 family going on in full view. The Japanese^ 
 make much of their homes, and fill their leisure 
 liours with games. If the traveler stops to enjoy 
 the scene the host steps to the door and politely 
 invites him in and makes him welcome. Educa- 
 tion receives much attention in Japan, even more 
 than in China, the methods of American schools 
 having been introduced within the last few years. 
 
 British India is about half the size of the 
 United States, and is under the government of 
 Oreat Britain. Its population is nearly equal to 
 that of all Europe. The native inhabitants, 
 though of dark complexion, belong to the Cau- 
 casian race. 
 
 India is the home of the fiercest animals and 
 reptiles known. The tiger, lion, leopard, and 
 crocodile are found in great numbers. The tiger 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Young Americans in Japan, p. 98. 
 
 hunt is a famous sport, and is conducted on the 
 backs of elephants, which are also natives of 
 India. 
 
 The productions of the country are, chiefly, rice, 
 cotton, opium, indigo, and sugar. Rice is the 
 chief article of food. India is also rich in min- 
 erals and precious stones. The wonderful banyan 
 tree is found here. The branches of this tree 
 bend over to the ground and take root, and in 
 time a grove of considerable size is formed from a 
 single tree. 
 
 The leading manufactures are silk, articles of 
 ivory, and the famous cashmere shawls. These 
 shawls are made from the hair of the cashmere 
 goat, and are the most beautiful and durable 
 shawls in the world. They are also the costliest, 
 three or four men sometimes spending a whole 
 year in weaving a pair of them. 
 
 Many odd and amusing manners and customs 
 prevail among the people, but the most remark- 
 able feature of Hindoo society is the division 
 of the people into four castes or classes — Brah'- 
 mins or priests, soldiers, merchants, and laborers. 
 None of these can intermarry, or even eat and 
 drink together. Those who have been expelled 
 from their caste are called pa'ri ahs, or outcasts 
 from society. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 III. I. In what do the Japanese resemble the 
 Chinese? In what do they differ? Useful trees 
 of Japan. 
 
 2. Japanese homes. Education. 
 
 3. Comparative size of British India. 
 
 4. Animals. 
 
 5. Chief vegetable productions. Chief food 
 products. Minerals. 
 
 6. Three leading manufactures. Cashmere 
 shawls. 
 
ASIA. 
 
 7. Name the four castes of Hindoo society. 
 Rules that govern them. What is a pariah ? 
 
 IV. The Remaining Countries of Asia. 
 For Reading: 
 
 The peninsula east of Hindostan was formerly 
 called Farther India. The people, however, with 
 the exception of those of the Malay Peninsula, 
 are of the MongoHan race, like the Chinese, while 
 the inhabitants of India are Caucasians. For 
 this reason the country is now called Indo-China. 
 The climate and products are about the same as 
 those of India, 
 
 West of the three great eastern countries of 
 Asia are the wild tribes of Afghanistan and 
 Beloochistan. Next beyond these come the Per- 
 sians, a gay, polite, and hospitable people, and 
 formerly a powerful nation. They carry on large 
 manufactures in silks, carpets, and brocades. 
 Two thirds of the people are engaged in rearing 
 herds of cattle and flocks of sheep. The sheep 
 of Persia are famous for their great size. 
 
 West of Persia lies Turkey in Asia/ under 
 the rule of the Sultan at Constantinople. The 
 Turks eat with their fingers instead of forks, sit 
 on the floor, and smoke long pipes. They are 
 fond of coffee and opium. They are Mo h^m' 
 me dans, and believe in the Koran instead of the 
 Bible. Smyrna is the largest city, and is famous 
 for its export of dried figs. The Smyrna figs are 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Dead Sea Expedition, p. 260, Jordan; p. 307, Pillar 
 of Salt. 
 
 Animals of Asia. 
 
 The Sable is a little, slender animal of the weasel kind, 
 which inhabits the forests of the extreme north of Asia. 
 Its fur is very valuable, commanding a high price in Eu- 
 ropean markets. The hunter who pursues this creature 
 exposes himself to great peril amid the Arctic snows, 
 frequently losing his life. The sable, like other weasels, 
 lives chiefly by catching birds and small animals and 
 
 sucking their blood. The Wolverene is a small, fero- 
 cious creature, whose voracious appetite has earned for 
 it the name of glutton. The sable hunters detest it, for 
 the wolverene is in the habit of following them round 
 and stealing the bait from their traps. Should a sable 
 be found caught, it, too, is carried off by the wolverene. 
 
 The Camel of Arabia is an animal of but one hump, 
 
 and is superior to the two-humped camel in almost every 
 respect. Its hump is mostly fat, and on long journeys, 
 when poorly fed, the hump gives up its fat for the sup- 
 port of the beast. The camel is able, also, when drink- 
 ing, to lay in a quantity of water against the day of future 
 thirst, and, being thus provided with food and water for 
 a long journey, it has been called "the ship of the des- 
 ert." The pace of the common camel used in the carry- 
 ing of merchandise is only about three miles an hour, 
 though the Arabian camel, or drom'(drum)edary, will 
 carry its rider from eight to ten miles an hour, and keep 
 
 up the speed for twenty-four hours. The Orang Ou- 
 
 tang belongs to the monkey tribe, and of all that tribe 
 it most resembles man. Its hair is of a reddish chestnut 
 color. It lives mostly in the trees of dense forests, 
 swinging itself from branch to branch by its long arms, 
 which reach, when the creature stands on its hind legs, 
 nearly to the ground. The orang is very powerful, and 
 the male is a creature of hideous appearance. When 
 tamed it soon learns to drink tea and coffee, and becomes 
 fond of spirituous liquors. The African chimpanzee is 
 
 a species of orang outang. Unlike the domestic ass, or 
 
 donkey, the Wild Ass is fleet of foot, and cannot be over- 
 taken by a swift Arabian horse. Not even a greyhound 
 can follow it with any hope of success on hilly or rocky 
 ground. It lives in troops, occupying the hills in sum- 
 mer and the plains in winter. Its flesh is esteemed a del- 
 icacy. The Gazelle is a species of antelope, swift, 
 
 graceful, and, like other antelopes, living in herds. It 
 is celebrated by poets for its soft and lustrous eyes. 
 
 The Yak is a. species of wild ox, capable of being 
 
 tamed and used for work. When overloaded, it vents 
 its discontent in continuous, loud, melancholy grunts, 
 and is therefore called the Grunting Ox. The Ele- 
 phant inhabits the deep forest regions of tropical Asia 
 and Africa, and is the largest animal now living on the 
 earth. The Asiatic elephant can be distinguished from 
 the African by the shape of the head and by the ears. 
 The head of the Asiatic is long, the forehead dished, and 
 the ears small. The African elephant has a short head, 
 a bulging forehead, and enormous ears. Both Asiatic and 
 African elephants live in herds. The elephant, when 
 drinking, first sucks up water into its trunk, then turning 
 the trunk into its mouth, it shoots the contents into its 
 stomach, making a splash that can be distinctly heard 
 by one standing near. The Tiger and Lion are the 
 
ANIMALS. 
 
 > ^ cS IS to 
 
 
AFRICA. 
 
 the finest in the world. Damascus, in Turkey, 
 is the oldest city in the world. 
 
 Five things about Arabia^ will especially in- 
 terest us: 
 
 1. Deserts form the greater part of its surface, 
 and its climate is one of the hottest in the world. 
 
 2. The finest coffee in the world, the M5'cha,^ 
 is raised in Arabia. 
 
 3. The swiftest and most beautiful horses are 
 the Arabian steeds. 
 
 4. The Mohammedan religion was founded 
 there by Mohammed, a native of Mecca, and his 
 followers make annual journeys to that city in 
 honor of the event. 
 
 5. A large number of the inhabitants have no 
 fixed residence, but wander over the country with 
 flocks and herds. Such people are called mm' ads. 
 
 We may learn, also, that Arabia exports drugs, 
 dates, raisins, and wheat. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 IV. I. Former name of Indo-China. Why 
 changed? Climate and products. 
 
 1 Seven Little Sisters, p. 24. The Child of the Desert. 
 
 2 Aunt Martha's Corner Cupboard, p. 75, The Story of Coffee. 
 
 2. Characteristics of the Persians. Manufact- 
 ures, Chief pursuits. 
 
 3. Habits of the Turks. Religion. Damascus. 
 
 4. Surface of Arabia. Climate. What of coffee 
 in Arabia? Horses? Who founded the Moham- 
 medan religion? Where? Habits of life in Ara- 
 bia. Exports. 
 
 Topical Review of Asia. 
 
 Write, in your own laitguage, all of the geog- 
 raphy of Asia that you know, using, as a guide ^ 
 the following topics: 
 
 Products: 
 (Mineral, vegetable, ani- 
 mal.) 
 
 Position. 
 
 Extent. 
 
 Mountain Systems. 
 
 Drainage: 
 
 (Slopes and rivers.) 
 
 Climate. 
 
 People. 
 
 Animals. 
 
 Occupations: 
 
 (Farming, manufacturing, 
 mining, commerce.) 
 
 Countries. 
 Cities and Towns: 
 (Location, for what noted, 
 etc.) 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 QUESTIONS ON THE MAP. 
 
 [Questions in italics to be answered from the open map.] 
 
 Position, Extent, and Form. — In what hemisphere 
 is Africa? Passing along the coast of Africa from the 
 Isthmus of Suez through the Red Sea and around to 
 Alexandria in Egypt, name the seas, straits, gulfs, and 
 oceans that border it. 
 
 What is the scale of this map of Africa? Is it drawn 
 on a larger or smaller scale than the map of Asia? 
 Measure the map from Cape Bon to Cape Agulhas 
 (a gobl'yas) and find the length of the Grand Division 
 from north to south. Measure the map from Cape 
 Guardafui (gwar da fwee') to Cape Verde and find the 
 width from east to west. 
 
 What is a coast line? Is the coast line of Africa regu- 
 lar or irregular? More, or less irregular than the coast 
 line of Asia? Than the coast line of Europe? Of North 
 America? Which of the Grand Divisions does Africa 
 most resemble in coast line? In shape? 
 
 Mountains. — Where do you find most of the mountain 
 ranges of Africa — in the interior, or near the coast? 
 What is their general direction? Where are the Atlas 
 Mountains, and what is their direction? The Kong 
 Mountains? 
 
 Rivers and Slopes. — Describe the Nile River. De- 
 scribe the Niger, the Congo, and the Zdm be' [b a) zi Rivers. 
 At what point do the White and Blue Rivers unite to 
 form the Nile? From Khartoum (kar tdbm') to Cairo 
 (ki'ro) do you go mostly up hill or down? _ 
 
^elC' SOCOTRA I. 
 
 10-1 
 
 £. D. StrK>sa,Jj>ti.S.^ 
 
124 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Climate. — In what zone does the most of Africa lie? 
 Would you expect to find its climate warmer or colder 
 than that of South America? Why? 
 
 Countries and Towns. — Bound each of the following 
 countries and name the capital : Morocco, Algeria, Tunis, 
 Trip'o li, Egypt, Abyssinia, Cape Colony. In what 
 part of Africa is Transvaal (trSns val')? Orange Free 
 State? Zululand? Natal? Sou dan'? The Desert of 
 Sahara? 
 
 DESCRIPTION. 
 
 I. Size — C1.IMAT15 — Naturai. Fkatures — 
 Inhabitants. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 In size, Africa is the second Grand Division 
 
 Restixg in the Desert. 
 
 of the earth. It is three times as large as Europe, 
 but it is the least important of all the Grand 
 Divisions. It consists of a vast table-land, with 
 narrow strips of low plain along the coast. The 
 principal mountain ranges are on the edges of this 
 table-land. 
 
 On the north a narrow strip of country border- 
 ing the Mediterranean Sea has a temperate cli- 
 mate, and yields cotton, dates, grain, mulberries, 
 grapes, and olives. 
 
 South of this lies the great Desert of Sahara,' 
 nearly as large as the United States. Though a 
 large part of it is heated sand and rock, there are 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Bancroft's Fourth Reader, p. 202, Sahara. 
 
 here and there quite extensive oa'seg, on which 
 many thousand people have their homes. Across 
 this burning tract caravans of camels go, bearing 
 cotton cloth and trinkets for the negro tribes that 
 inhabit the country south of the desert, and 
 bringing back from them, for the people of Eu- 
 rope and America, ivory, gold dust, and ostrich 
 feathers. 
 
 South of the great desert lies a country but 
 little cultivated, which stretches to the southern 
 extremity of the Grand Division. Heavy forests, 
 overgrown with vines, cover the greater part of 
 this region. One tree, the ba'obab, has been 
 found, measuring in some instances ninety feet 
 around the trunk. It is estimated that some of 
 these trees haye been growing for 5,000 years. 
 The lower branches sometimes grow out horizon- 
 tally sixty feet in length and then droop to the 
 ground, concealing the trunk. 
 
 Large and fierce wild animals are found here in 
 
 Animate of Africa. 
 
 The Leopard is a beautiful and graceful creature of the' 
 cat kind, much dreaded by the inhabitants of the region 
 in which it lives, on account of the depredations made 
 upon their domestic animals. The skin of the leopard 
 rivals that of the tiger in beauty, and is equally prized 
 
 for rugs and robes. The Gorilla is the most powerful 
 
 of the ape family, and is greatly feared by the negroes 
 of the countries that it inhabits. It is strong, ferocious, 
 and pitilessly cruel, killing for the enjoyment of it, never 
 eating its victim. The negroes regard the gorilla as em- 
 bodying the spirit of their dead kings. Young gorillas 
 have been taken by Europeans, but they do not live long 
 
 in captivity. The Hippopotamus (sea horse) and the 
 
 Rhinoceros are both of the elephant family, the large 
 teeth of the hippopotamus furnishing a very white and 
 delicate ivory. The hippopotamus lives mostly in the 
 water; the rhinoceros, on land. The latter animal sleeps 
 in the daytime, and makes long night journeys in search 
 of food. The hippopotamus is a comparatively good 
 tempered animal, but the rhinoceros is fierce and dan- 
 gerous, more feared by the natives than even the lion. 
 
 The Hyena is a most disgusting creature, living on 
 
 carrion in preference to fresh food. It is a great coward, 
 
 I 
 
ANIMALS. 
 
 125 
 
 and will attack nothing that does not run away from it. 
 The Arabs express their contempt for the hyena by 
 throwing mud into its eyes, gagging it, and turning it 
 over to the women and children 
 to stone to death. - 
 The Zebra, of all 
 the ass tribe, is 
 far the most 
 beautiful. Its 
 general col- 
 or is a 
 
 The crocodile of the Nile is called the true crocodile, 
 that of the Ganges, which is the largest known reptile, 
 and the alligator of North America, being varieties of 
 
 the well known crocodile of Egypt. The Horned 
 
 Viper is a reptile of northern Africa, about two feet in length, 
 whose bite is extremely poisonous, only less so than that of the 
 
 cobra. It can endure long 
 
 ''k:^ fasts without injury, and has 
 
 " been known to be kept in 
 
 a glass jar for two years, 
 
 L without food, seeming 
 
 all the time perfectly 
 
 lively, and shedding 
 
 its skin as usual. 
 
 The Ostrich belongs 
 to the group of 
 birds called run- 
 ners, and is the 
 
 creamy white, '^°=°'«^^ - - 
 marked all over 
 
 its body with velvety black stripes. It 
 is untamable, and, like the wild ass, 
 lives in hilly districts and mountain 
 
 ranges. The Gnu is a creature 
 
 classed among the antelopes, and so 
 peculiar in form that at first sight the 
 spectator may be in doubt whether it is a 
 horse, an antelope, or a bull. When alarmed 
 it becomes exceedingly wild and fantastic in 
 its movements and maneuvers, earning for 
 itself from the Dutch settlers in southern = 
 
 Africa the name of Wildebeest. The fcs | 
 
 Giraffe holds its head high above that of any ^^ 
 C)ther living creature, being, when full grown, 
 from eighteen to twenty feet in height. It is 
 peaceable in disposition, living in herds aver- 
 aging about sixteen in number. Its taste is 
 very nice, rejecting everything but the most 
 delicate vegetation. In a wild state it feeds ^ 
 chiefly upon the leaves of trees, being able to bring 
 i';s mouth to the ground only with great difl&culty. 
 It has never been known to utter a sound of any 
 kind, even when severely wounded and struggling 
 
 ii the agonies of death. The Crocodile, though 
 
 a much dreaded reptile, is of considerable use in the region 
 of the Nile in devouring putrefying flesh, which would 
 otherwise spread disease. It is covered with horny 
 plates so hard as to turn steel weapons and even bullets. 
 
 ■ 
 
 largest and 
 strongest of 
 the group, being 
 from six to eight 
 feet in height. The 
 ostrich lives on wild 
 melons, grass, and 
 grain. Its nest is a 
 shallow hole scooped 
 in the sand, in which 
 eggs are set upright, 
 with other eggs placed 
 around the margin. The 
 eggs are hatched mainly by 
 the heat of the sun, though 
 covered by the parent birds at 
 night, the male bird doing his 
 share. Bach egg weighs about 
 fe^^i^ three pounds. The shells are so thick 
 "^ and hard that the eggs may be safely 
 carried in sacks thrown over the back of 
 horse. The value of this bird to com- 
 merce lies in its feathers, which are familiar to all. 
 
 Reading Hour: Wood's Mammalia, p. 166, The L,eopard; p. 15, The 
 Gorilla; p. 759, The Hippopotamus and Rhinoceros; p. 218, The 
 Hyena; p. 730, The Zebra; p. 658, The Gnu; p. 684, The Giraffe. 
 
 Wood's Reptiles, p. 29, The Crocodile; p. 107, The Horned Viper. 
 
 Wood's Birds, p. 644, The Ostrich. 
 
 GWU^ 
 
126 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 \ 
 
 greater numbers than anywhere else in the world. 
 Crocodiles abound in the lakes and rivers. It is 
 said that more than a thousand elephants are 
 sometimes seen in one herd. They are not tamed 
 and taught to work as in Asia, but are killed for 
 their flesh and tusks. 
 
 Throughout the great desert and the countries 
 of Africa bordering on the Mediterranean and 
 Red Seas the inhabitants are of the Caucasian 
 race. South of the Sahara they are nearly all 
 negroes/ and most of them are savages. In 
 Soudan there are some half civilized people, and 
 in southern Africa the Zulus and some others are 
 intelligent tribes, having flocks and herds and cul- 
 tivating corn, rice, and other plants. One of the 
 tribes in the south of Africa is said to live in the 
 tree tops. The Hottentots are a degraded people. 
 The Bushmen, a tribe of Hottentots, have neither 
 homes nor tents. They sleep in any shelter that 
 offers — a bush, a hole in the ground, a cleft in 
 the rock — and subsist on grasshoppers, roots, 
 and worms. 
 
 desert. South of the desert — negroes. Describe 
 the Zulus. The Hottentots. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. I. Commit to memory the first paragraph. 
 
 2. In the northern part of Africa a narrow strip 
 of productive country with a temperate climate 
 borders on the Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 3. The Desert of Sahara lies south of this strip. 
 Some fertile tracts in the desert, called oases, are 
 inhabited by a considerable population. Com- 
 merce across the desert is carried on by means 
 of camels. 
 
 4. South of the Desert of Sahara the country 
 is overgrown with great forests. Large and fierce 
 land and water animals abound. 
 
 5. The Caucasian race inhabits the countries 
 of the Mediterranean Sea and the oases of the 
 
 1 Reading Hour: World at Home, vol. I., p. 77, Les. 34, The Black 
 Man at Home. 
 Seven Little Sisters, p. 74, The LitUe Dark Girl. 
 
 II. The Countries of Africa. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 The states of Morocco, Algeria, Tunis, and 
 Tripoli are called the Barbary States. All ex- 
 cept Morocco are subject to foreign powers. 
 
 Water Merchants of Kgypt. 
 
 Egypt is the only countr>^ of Africa possessing 
 much interest. Thousands of years ago it was 
 the home of a great and populous nation that built 
 magnificent temples and massive pyramids of 
 stone for the burial of their kings and great men. 
 Some of these pyramids were twenty years or 
 more in building, and employed 100,000 men at a 
 time. One of them is 460 feet high, and covers 
 thirteen acres of ground. 
 
 Egypt is a very productive country, made so 
 by the River Nile.^ For several hundred miles 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Parker's Hoiu to Study Geography, p. 170, The 
 Story of the Nile. 
 
OCEANIA. 
 
 127 
 
 above the mouth of the river it never rains, and 
 yet in the month of June the river in this part of 
 the country begins to rise, and continues to do so 
 for several months, overflowing the whole valley. 
 This rise is due to the heavy rains that flood the 
 streams in the upper part of the valley. When 
 the water goes down, the whole valley is covered 
 with a rich soil, in which the farmer plants his 
 seed. 
 
 The dwellings of the farmers stand back from 
 the river on the high ground above the flood. 
 Canals are dug from the river to water the fields 
 in the dry season, and at this season men and 
 women carry water in huge bottles, made of the 
 skins of animals, to distant villages, to sell for 
 household use. 
 
 The remaining countries along the seacoast are 
 of but little importance. 
 
 Some Dutch and English colonies are in the 
 southern part. 
 
 On the west the colony of Sierra Leo'ne, 
 under the government of Great Britain, was 
 founded as a home for negroes liberated from 
 slave ships. 
 
 Liberia is a republic established for negroes 
 who were once slaves in the United States. 
 
 Madagascar is a kingdom with several millions 
 
 of inhabitants of the Malay race, but professing 
 Christianity. 
 
 For Recitation,: 
 
 II. I. Commit to memory the first paragraph. 
 
 2. Egypt is interesting on account of the great- 
 ness of its ancient government, its wonderful 
 pyramids, and its rich soil. Its productiveness 
 comes from the yearly overflow of the Nile. 
 
 3. Except the Mediterranean countries and 
 Eg>'pt, the countries of Africa are unimportant. 
 
 Topical Review op Africa. 
 
 Write, in your own language, all of the geog- 
 raphy of Africa that you know, tising, as a guide, 
 the following topics: 
 
 Animals. 
 
 Position. 
 Extent. 
 Coast Line. 
 Mountains. 
 
 Drainage: Occupations. 
 
 (Slopes and rivers. ) 
 
 Climate. 
 People. 
 
 Products: 
 (Mineral, vegetable, ani- 
 mal.) 
 
 Countries. 
 
 Cities and Towns. 
 
 OCEANIA. 
 
 For Reading: 
 
 Oceania differs from the other Grand Divis- 
 ions in consisting wholly of islands. 
 
 Those of Malaysia, lying entirely within the 
 Torrid Zone, are large, populous, and productive. 
 They have a hot, moist climate, and are subject 
 to destructive earthquakes and violent wind 
 storms, called monsoons. Hurricanes sometimes 
 sweep over the seas. For the most part, the soil 
 
 is fertile and the vegetation is rich and rank. 
 The wild animals and reptiles are of the same 
 kind as those found in southern Asia. They are 
 large and fierce, and the reptiles poisonous. The 
 native race is the Malay, or Brown Race.^ The 
 chief products of the soil are rice, sugar, nut- 
 meg, cloves, cinnamon, cotton, and sago. Date, 
 cocoanut, and camphor trees are seen almost 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Seven Little Sisters, p. 5, The Little Brown Baby. 
 
OCEANIA. 
 
 29 
 
 QUESTIONS ON THE MAP. 
 
 1. Into what three divisions is Oceania divided? 
 Which division lies nearest to Asia? In what direction 
 from Asia is Malaysia? In what ocean does it lie? In 
 what zone? Which is the largest island of this division? 
 \Borneo.'\ Give the direction of the following islands 
 from Borneo: Philippine Islands; Celebes; Java; Suma- 
 tra. Which island of the division lies nearest to Asia? 
 
 2. In what waters does Australasia lie? In what 
 zones? Which is the largest island of this division? 
 
 What large island north of it? What island south of the 
 eastern part? What large island southeast? What 
 group of islands east of New Guinea? What large group 
 of small islands north of the Solomon Islands? Name 
 the divisions of Australia and their capitals. Tell in 
 what part of Australia each division is. In sailing from 
 San Francisco, which side of Australia will you first 
 reach? 
 
 3. In what ocean is Pol y ne'sia (she a) ? In what zone? 
 In what direction from North America? In what part 
 of Oceania? 
 
 ever>'where. Valuable minerals are also found, 
 the chief of which are gold, antimony, and dia- 
 monds. 
 
 The Philippine Islands belong to Spain. Ex- 
 cept some very small possessions by the Portu- 
 guese and English, the remaining islands belong 
 to Holland. The bamboo is much used for 
 houses, and the chief towns are often built over 
 the water on stakes driven into the ground. 
 Stakes driven into the ground in this way are 
 called///^ J. 
 
 Borneo is as large as Texas, and has mines of 
 gold and antimony. 
 
 The natives of Java are more civilized than 
 those of the other islands. We know of Java 
 especially as a coffee country. Sugar is also an 
 important product. 
 
 Gold mines, petroleum, and dense forests dis- 
 tinguish Sumatra. 
 
 Australasia contains the largest island in the 
 world — Australia — which is sometimes called a 
 continent. It has no high mountains and much 
 desert land. Much of the vegetation and many 
 of the animals are natives of no other part of the 
 world, Eu ca lyp'tus trees, commonly cultivated 
 in California, grow wild only in Australia and a 
 few adjacent islands, where there are about 150 
 kinds. Some strange animals, called Marsu'pi- 
 als,' are natives chiefly of this country. The 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Animal Memoirs, p. 164, Wallaby Joe. 
 Fliers, Creepers, and Swimmers , p. 186, Stories of Marsupials. 
 
 kangaroo is the largest of these animals, and is 
 often six feet high when standing on its hind 
 legs. ' Though timid, it will sometimes turn on its 
 pursuers, clasp a dog or a man in its arms, and 
 leaping quickly to a water hole, plunge its enemy 
 in and drown him. 
 
 l^he richest gold mines in the world are said to 
 be in Australia. The usual crops of Europe and 
 America are raised, but wool is the chief article 
 of export. Excellent horses are also reared and 
 shipped to India. The natives are a degraded 
 race, and are fast disappearing. The island be- 
 longs to Great Britain. 
 
 Of New Guinea but little is known. The 
 natives are hideous creatures. The Dutch have 
 some settlements there. 
 
 New Zealand also belongs to Great Britain. It 
 has a delightful climate, and its products resemble 
 those of Australia. 
 
 Polynesia (many islands) consists of an im- 
 mense number of small islands. The natives of 
 Polynesia are more finely formed than those of 
 the other divisions of Oceania. The climate of 
 these islands is generally agreeable. 
 
 All of the islands are volcanic. Sonje of them 
 have sunk beneath the sea, and left above the sur- 
 face only a fringe of eSr'al that surrounded them 
 near the water's edge. This fringe of coral is 
 like a ring, with one or two breaks in it, through 
 which the sea enters. The land is called an a toll\ 
 
 II 
 
I30 
 
 BOOKS FOR SUPPLEMENTARY READING. 
 
 and the water inside is called a la goon' . The 
 coral is the lime left from bodies of millions of 
 small creatures when they die. These creatures 
 are called /o/'//i". They begin their work at the 
 bottom of the sea, near the shore where the water 
 is shallow. As the volcanic island, through many 
 centuries, gradually sinks, these little creatures as 
 gradually build to the surface by depositing the 
 limestone that makes the solid part of their bodies. 
 Then weeds and seeds are washed upon it by the 
 sea. The weeds decay and make soil; the seeds 
 grow and become plants and trees. 
 
 Cocoanut and banana trees grow almost every- 
 where. Sugar cane and cotton are largely culti- 
 vated. The Hawaiian (ha wi'an) group, or 
 Sandwich Islands, are under the government of 
 a native king. They raise a variety of crops, of 
 which sugar is the chief. Many of the sugar 
 plantations are owned by citizens of the United 
 States. They have a large trade with the United 
 
 1 Reading Hour: Builders of the Sea, p. 9, Corals. 
 
 States, and especially with California. Raw 
 sugar is the chief article of export. The Samoan 
 Islands are under the united protection of the 
 United States, Germany, and England, and civili- 
 zation is more advanced there than elsewhere in 
 Polynesia. 
 
 For Recitation: 
 
 1. How does Oceania differ from the other 
 Grand Divisions ? 
 
 2. Select the statement that most interests you 
 in paragraph two, and learn it. Also the state- 
 ment that you think most important. 
 
 3. Do the same in paragraph three. 
 
 4. In the description of Australasia select the 
 two statements that most interest you, and learn 
 them. Also two that you think the most im- 
 portant. 
 
 5. Do with the description of Polynesia as with 
 that of Australasia. 
 
 LIST OF BOOKS FOR SUPPLEMENTARY READING. 
 
 [Authors' names in italics; Publishers', inroinan.'] 
 
 How to Study Geography Parker. 
 
 World at Home, six vols. . . . Thos. Nelson & Sons. 
 Gypsal Relief Maps . . . Bay State Publishing Co. 
 
 Geography with Sand Modeling Frye. 
 
 World by the Fireside Kirby. 
 
 World at Large. 
 
 Mammalia Wood. 
 
 Reptiles Wood. 
 
 Birds Wood. 
 
 Methods and Aids in Geography King. 
 
 Geographical Reader Scribner. 
 
 Seven Little' Sisters Lee & Shephard. 
 
 Easy Steps for Little Feet Swinton. 
 
 Iceland, Greenland, and the Faroe Islands Harper Bros. 
 
 Fox Hunting. 
 
 Geographical Reader Johonnot. 
 
 Our World Reader HaltX 
 
 Mexico and her Lost Provinces Bishop\ 
 
 On the Amazons. 
 
 Brazil, Amazons Smith\ 
 
 Afloat in the Forest. 
 
 Aunt Martha's Corner Cupboard Kirby. 
 
 The World; its Chief Cities and People. 
 
 Holland de AmicisA 
 
 Spain and the Spaniards de AmicisX 
 
 Constantinople de Amta's.^ 
 
 Dead Sea Expedition. 
 Bancroft's Fourth Reader. 
 
 Animal Memoirs, Parts I., II LocAwood.l 
 
 Fliers, Creepers, and Swimmers .... Johonnot.\ 
 Builders of the Sea. 
 
 Life Among the Germans Parry. \ 
 
 California Second Reader. 
 
 When I was a Boy in China .... Yan Phou Lee.\ 
 
PRONUNCIA TIONS. 
 
 131 
 
 PRONUNCIATIONS. 
 
 Af ghan is tan'. 
 
 Agulhas (a gobl'yas). 
 
 A leu'ti an(she an), 
 
 Al ma den'. 
 
 Al'tai(ti). 
 
 A moor'. 
 
 An'a h^im. 
 
 Ani'des(diz). 
 
 Ap pa la'chi an. 
 
 Ar'gen tine. 
 
 Ar'kan sas(saw). 
 
 Asia (a'shg a). 
 
 Az'te€. 
 
 Bab el man'deb. 
 
 Ba ha'ma. 
 
 Bahia (ba e'a). 
 
 Bal'tic. 
 
 Baton Rouge(ba.t'unroozh). 
 
 Bel 00 chis tan'. 
 
 Ben gal'. 
 
 Be'ring. 
 
 Ber'lin. 
 
 Bgrn. 
 
 Bo go ta'. 
 
 Boi'ge. 
 
 Bor'ne o. 
 
 Bos'po rus. 
 
 Brah ma poo'tra. 
 
 Bra zil'. 
 
 Bu cha(ko) rest'. 
 
 Buenos Ayres (bo nus a'riz). 
 
 Bill ga'ri a. 
 
 Cairo (ki'ro). 
 
 Cal la'o. 
 
 Cam bo'di a. 
 
 Can ta'bri an. 
 
 Ca ra'cas. 
 
 Car ib be'an. 
 
 Carquinez (kar kee'nez), 
 
 Cat'te gat. 
 
 Cau ca'sian. 
 
 Cau'ca sus. 
 
 Ca yenne'. 
 
 Cgl'e be§. 
 
 Cheyenne (shi en'). 
 
 ChSs'a peake. 
 
 Chil'i. 
 
 Chris ti a'ni a. 
 
 Col'fax. 
 
 Col o ra'do. 
 
 Concord (konk'urd.) 
 
 C6s'ta Ri'ca. 
 
 Co re'a. 
 
 Dar da nelles'(nelz). 
 
 Dei' Moinej'. 
 
 De troit', 
 
 Di a'blo. 
 
 Ec ua dor'. 
 
 Edinburgh (ed'in bur ruh). 
 
 Esquimaux (gs'ke moz). 
 
 Eu ro pe'an. 
 
 Gal H'nas. 
 
 GSn'ggg. 
 
 Gal'ves ton. 
 
 Gib ral'tar. 
 
 Guardafui (gwar da fwee'). 
 
 Gua(gaw)te ma'la. 
 
 Guayaquil (gwi a keel') 
 
 Gui(ghe)a'na. 
 
 Hawaiian (ha wi'an). 
 
 Hay'ti. 
 
 Hel e'na. 
 
 Him a'la ya. 
 
 Ho ang ho'. 
 
 Hon dii'ras. 
 
 II li noLy'. 
 
 i ngz'. 
 
 Ja ma/'ca. 
 
 Japura (ha pob'ra). 
 
 Ja'va. 
 
 Kam cha.t'ka. 
 
 Khar toum'. 
 
 Li'ma. 
 
 lyoire (Iwar). 
 
 Los an'ge leg. 
 
 Ma'dre. 
 
 Ma drid'. 
 
 Ma lay'. 
 
 Ma na'gua. 
 
 Ma na'os. 
 
 Ma're. 
 
 Ma ri'd. 
 
 Mich'i gan. 
 
 Mon go'li an. 
 
 Mon ta'na. 
 
 Mon te vid'e o. 
 
 Mont perier(yer). 
 
 Newfoundland (new'fund 
 
 land). 
 New Or'le ang. 
 Ni 3.g'a ra. 
 Nic ar a'gua. 
 Nip'i gon. 
 O'bi. 
 O bi'dos. 
 O khotsk'. 
 O'ma ha. 
 On la ri'o, 
 Pan'a ma. 
 Par a mar'i bo. 
 Pa ri'me(ma). 
 Per'sia(she a). 
 Per'sian. 
 Phil'ip pine. 
 Pla'cer ville. 
 Pol y ne'sia(she a). 
 Po po cat a petl'. 
 Por'to Ri'co. 
 Pu'get. 
 Pyr'en ee§. 
 Quito (ki'to). 
 Ra'leigh(ly). 
 Riine. 
 R/?6ne. 
 
 Ri'o Gran'de(da). 
 Ri o Ja nei'(ne)ro. 
 Russia (rush'e a). 
 Saguenay (sag a na'). 
 Sa li'nas. 
 San An'dreas. 
 San Ber nar di'no. 
 San Joaquin(wah keen') 
 San Jos^(ho za'). 
 San'ta Fe. 
 San'ta I nSz'. 
 
 San'ta Ma ri'a. 
 
 San ti a'go. 
 
 Se at'tle. 
 
 Seine (sane). 
 
 Si er'ra Le o'ne. 
 
 Si er'ra Ne va'da. 
 
 Skag'er Rack. 
 
 So la'no. 
 
 Sophia (so fe'a). 
 
 Sou dan'. 
 
 Su ez'. 
 
 St. Louis (saint Idb'i). 
 
 Suisun (soo e soon'). 
 
 Su ma'tra. 
 
 Tah'le quah. 
 
 Ta hoe'. 
 
 Ta mal'pais(pice). 
 
 Te hach'a pi. 
 
 The Hague (hag). 
 
 Thian Shan (te an'shan). 
 
 To bolsk'. 
 
 To'ki o. 
 
 Ton quin(keen). 
 
 Transvaal (trans val'). 
 
 Trip'o li. 
 
 Tucson (tii s6n'). 
 
 Tu lar'e. 
 
 Uruguay (00 roo gwi'). 
 
 Val la'ho. 
 
 Val pa rai(ri)so. 
 
 Ven ez ue'(we)la. 
 
 Vera Cruz (va'ra kroos). 
 
 Vi gn'na. 
 
 Will am' ette. 
 
 Wy o'ming. 
 
 Xingu (shing'goo). 
 
 Yang tse Ki ang'. 
 
 Yen e se'i(sa'e). 
 
 Yer'ba Bwa'na. 
 
 Yo ko ha'ma. 
 
 Yo sSm'i te. 
 
 Yu ca tan'. 
 
 Yvj'kon. 
 
 Zam be'zi. 
 
 Zu'ni. 
 
 I 
 
132 
 
 AREAS AND POPULATIONS. 
 
 AREAS AND POPULATIONS. 
 
 Asia . . . 
 
 Sq. Miles. 
 16,428,954 
 
 Population. 
 662,613,553 
 
 Africa . . . 
 
 Sq. Miles. 
 11,000,000 
 
 Population. 
 268,000,000 
 
 Europe . . 
 
 Sq. Miles. 
 • 3,807,115 
 
 Population. 
 359,941,636 
 
 N. America . 
 
 8,155,438 
 
 79,375,532 
 
 S. America . 
 
 7,410,042 
 
 31,753,932 
 
 Oceania 
 
 • 5,198,151 
 
 42,315,347 
 
 D. of Canada 
 
 • 3,470,392 
 
 4,324,810 
 
 United States 
 
 . 3,605,000 
 
 56,785,456 
 
 Mexico 
 
 751,157 
 
 10,460,703 
 
 What three Grand Divisions taken together nearly 
 equal Asia in extent? What two? How does Asia com- 
 pare in extent with the Western Continent? What two 
 countries of North America are nearly equal in extent? 
 How many times larger is the Dominion of Canada than 
 
 Mexico? About how many times larger is the popula- 
 tion of Mexico than that of Canada? What Grand 
 Division do the United States, Europe, and Africa, 
 taken together, nearly equal in population? 
 
 POPULATION OF THE LARGEST CITIES OF DIFFERENT COUNTRIES. 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 Canada. 
 Montreal 140,000 
 
 United States. 
 (Atlantic Plain.) 
 
 New York 1,300,000 
 
 Philadelphia 875,000 
 
 Brooklyn 604,000 
 
 Boston 390,000 
 
 (Great Central Plain.) 
 
 Chicago 950,000 
 
 St. Ivouis 450,000 
 
 New Orleans 235,000 
 
 (Pacific Coast.) 
 San Francisco 315,000 
 
 Mexico. 
 Mexico 242,000 
 
 West Indies. 
 Havana 205,000 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 Argentine Confederation. 
 
 Buenos Ay res . . . . . 398,000 
 
 Brazil. 
 Rio Janeiro 357,ooo 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Great Britain. 
 London 4,083,000 
 
 France. 
 Paris 2,344,000 
 
 Germany. 
 Berlin 1,315,000 
 
 Austro- H ungary . 
 Vienna ....... 1,103,000 
 
 Russia. 
 St. Petersburg 929,000 
 
 Turkey. 
 Constantinople .... 873,000 
 
 Italy. 
 Naples 463,000 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 China. 
 
 Peking 1,600,000 1 
 
 Canton 1,300,0001 
 
 Japan. 
 Tokio 1,288,000 
 
 Hindostan. 
 Calcutta 795,000 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Egypt. 
 Cairo 327,000 
 
 OCEANIA. 
 
 Australia. 
 Melbourne 283,000 
 
 Name, locate, and give the population of the following I What two cities of Asia have each nearly the same popula- 
 
 cities: Largest city in the world. In North America. 
 In South America. In Asia. In Africa. In Australia. 
 In the order of their population, give the name, location, 
 and population of the largest six cities of the globe. 
 
 tion as New York? What city of Asia is nearest in popu- 
 lation to Philadelphia? What city of the world has more 
 than 4,000,000 of people? What city between 2,000,000 and 
 4,000,000? What cities between 1,000,000 and 2,000,000? 
 
 (ufiversitt)) 
 
 r-K-^ . K .. /f 
 
ITNP'-F 
 
 xro vjA Tji 
 
 THIS BOOK rs DHE ON THE LAST DATE 
 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 AN INITIAL FInF'of 2S rFMx= 
 
 WILL .NCREASE T0%0 J^ ''^- """^ PENALTY 
 OVERDUE. "^ SEVENTH DAY 
 
 FEB 7 1 
 
 ocr i 
 
 FEB 1 1938 
 APR 25 1917 
 
 i6 
 
 '-■Un: 
 
 SNovWhIT 
 RECD LD 
 NOV 5 1336 
 
 "i4Vt 
 
 ''ECO ij3 
 
 LD 2l-2w,-l,'33 (52m) 
 
ex 
 
LLi,u.xii, JU J ! 1 1 1 m M u n 1 i 1 1 II 1 i M LLUjijg jj 
 
 .r. y. ' 
 
 mmMm^:W-'^^^^m 
 
 u 
 
 rn 
 
 rrrtiTTTrlTiTrfmTiTrTriixtTt